136 GMV-PD

DC INVERTER MULTI VRF
Service Manual
（T1/R410A/50Hz）
GREE ELECTRIC APPLIANCES INC. OF ZHUHAI

1
CONTENTS
PRODUCT..................................................................................................................................................... 2
1 MODELS LIST .................................................................................................................................. 2
1.1 Outdoor Unit ............................................................................................................................. 2
1.2 Indoor Unit................................................................................................................................ 3
2 NOMENCLATURE ........................................................................................................................... 8
2.1 Nomenclature of outdoor unit ................................................................................................... 8
2.2 Nomenclature of indoor unit ..................................................................................................... 8
3 FUNCTION ........................................................................................................................................ 9
4 PRODUCT DATA ............................................................................................................................ 10
4.1 Product data of outdoor........................................................................................................... 10
4.2 Product data of indoor............................................................................................................. 12
4.3 Operation Range...................................................................................................................... 37
5 PIPING DIAGRAM......................................................................................................................... 38
5.1 Cooling Only........................................................................................................................... 38
5.2 Heat Pump............................................................................................................................... 39
CONTROL .................................................................................................................................................. 41
1 OPERATION FLOWCHART ........................................................................................................ 41
1.1 Cooling/Dry Operation............................................................................................................ 42
1.2 Heating Operation ................................................................................................................... 43
2 MAIN LOGIC .................................................................................................................................. 44
2.1 Control Function of Outdoor Unit........................................................................................... 44
3 WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER....................................................................................... 59
4 WIRED CONTROLLER ................................................................................................................ 62
4.1 Operation and Display View ................................................................................................... 62
4.2 Dimension ............................................................................................................................... 62
4.3 Installation............................................................................................................................... 63
5 MINI CENTRALIZED CONTROLLER (REGION CONTROLLER) ..................................... 64
5.1 Function .................................................................................................................................. 64
5.2 Operation View ....................................................................................................................... 65
5.3 Display View........................................................................................................................... 66
5.4 Connection between Controller and Unit................................................................................ 67
6 CENTRALIZED CONTROLLER ................................................................................................. 68
6.1 Function .................................................................................................................................. 68
6.2 Operation View ....................................................................................................................... 68
6.3 Display View........................................................................................................................... 70
6.4 Communication Network Connection..................................................................................... 71
6.5 Case Study............................................................................................................................... 72
7 MONITORING SOFTWARE ......................................................................................................... 85
7.1 Function .................................................................................................................................. 85
7.2 Connection Between the Computer and the Unit.................................................................... 85
7.3 Hardware................................................................................................................................. 87
INSTALLATION......................................................................................................................................... 94
1 PRECAUTIONS FOR INSTALLATION ...................................................................................... 94
1.1 Precautions for installation...................................................................................................... 94
1.2 Key Points of Installation........................................................................................................ 95
2 FLOW CHART OF INSTALLATION ........................................................................................... 97
3 INSTALLATION OF OUTDOOR UNIT....................................................................................... 98
3.1 Cautions for installation of side discharge outdoor unit.......................................................... 98
3.2 Selection of Installation Site ................................................................................................... 98
3.3 Dimensions Data ..................................................................................................................... 99
3.4 Installation space requirements ............................................................................................... 99
4 INSTALLATION OF INDOOR UNIT ......................................................................................... 102
4.1 Duct Type .............................................................................................................................. 102
4.2 4-way cassett type Unit ......................................................................................................... 109
4.3 Floor Ceiling Type ................................................................................................................ 115
4.4 Wall mounted type ................................................................................................................ 120
4.5 1-way cassett type Unit ......................................................................................................... 122
2
4.6 cassette type indoor unit........................................................................................................ 127
5 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS OF REFRIGERANT PIPING ...................................... 138
5.1 Specification of refrigerant pipe............................................................................................ 138
5.2 Allowable Length and Height Differences of the Refrigerant Piping between the Indoor and
Outdoor Units.............................................................................................................................. 138
5.3 Size of Connection Pipe ........................................................................................................ 138
6 INSTALLATION OF REFRIGERANT PIPING ........................................................................ 140
6.1 Flow Chart of Installation ..................................................................................................... 140
6.2 Three Principles of Refrigerant Piping Installation............................................................... 140
6.3 Installation of Metal Embedded Pipe .................................................................................... 141
6.4 Installation of Carriage of Refrigerant pipin ......................................................................... 141
6.5 Management and Machining of Refrigerant Piping .............................................................. 142
6.6 Installation of Refrigerant Piping.......................................................................................... 146
6.7 Welding of Copper Pipe ........................................................................................................ 148
6.8 Cleaning of Refrigerant Piping ............................................................................................. 153
6.9 Pressure Maintaining and Leak Hunting ............................................................................... 155
6.10 Heat Preservation of Refrigerant Piping ............................................................................. 156
6.11 Vacuum Pumping ................................................................................................................ 157
6.12 Refrigerant Charge .............................................................................................................. 158
7 INSTALLATION OF ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE ASSY ........................................ 160
7.1 Direction Requirements ........................................................................................................ 160
8 INSTALLATION OF CONDENSATE PIPE............................................................................... 162
8.1 Material quality requirements ............................................................................................... 162
8.2 Key points for installation ..................................................................................................... 162
8.3 Installation of drainage hose for different types of indoor unit............................................. 166
8.4 Test for Condensate Pipe....................................................................................................... 170
8.5 Requirements of Heat Insulation........................................................................................... 171
9 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION................................................................................................. 172
9.1 Precautions for Electrical Installation ................................................................................... 172
9.2 Specifications of power cord & circuit breaker..................................................................... 172
9.3 Wiring Sketch Map ............................................................................................................... 172
9.4 Dial-up .................................................................................................................................. 173
MAINTENANCE ...................................................................................................................................... 179
1 List of Unit Errors.......................................................................................................................... 179
1.1 List of Error Display on Wired Controller ............................................................................ 179
1.2 Display Code on Digital Tube of Outdoor Mainboard.......................................................... 182
1.3 Display of the number of indoor units .................................................................................. 182
2 Flow chart of troubleshooting ....................................................................................................... 183
3 WIRING DIADRAM ..................................................................................................................... 192
3.1 Outdoor unit .......................................................................................................................... 192
3.2 Indoor unit............................................................................................................................. 193
4 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY PROCEDURE OF MAIN PARTS.................................... 202
4.1 Removal and Assembly of Outdoor Unit .............................................................................. 202
4.2 Removal and Assembly of Indoor Unit................................................................................. 209
5 EXPLODED VIEWS AND PART LIST ...................................................................................... 232
5.1 Exploded Views and Parts List of Outdoor Unit ................................................................... 232
5.2 Exploded Views and Parts List of Indoor Unit...................................................................... 235
3
GREE COMMERCIAL AIR CONDITIONER DC INVERTER MULTI VRF
PRODUCT
1
DC INVERTER MULTI VRF PRODUCT
PRODUCT
1 MODELS LIST
1.1 Outdoor Unit
Capacity
Units Power
Model Ref. Appearance
Series Cooling Heating Supply
(Btu/h) (Btu/h)
R410A 220-240V
GMV(L)-Pd100W/NaB-K 34120 37532
~50Hz
R410A 220-240V
GMV(L)-Pd120W/NaB-K 40944 47768
DC ~50Hz
Inverter
Multi VRF 220-240V
GMV(L)-Pd140W/NaB-K 47768 52545 R410A
~50Hz
R410A 220-240V
GMV(L)-Pd160W/NaB-K 54592 60051
~50Hz
Note:1Ton =12000Btu/h = 3.517kW
Notes: a. Cooling only unit (GMVL type) has no items on heating;

b. Noise was tested in semi-silenced room, so the actual noise value will be a little higher for change of ambient;
c. The charge amount of R410A in the list is only the sealed amount when outdoor unit outgoing. When installing,
calculate the additional charge amount according to actual length of pipe and the matched indoor units;
d. Nominal capacities are based on the following conditions:
Cooling Heating
Indoor :27℃(80.6℉)/19℃(66.2℉) Indoor: 20℃(68℉)/-
Outdoor: 35℃(95℉)/- Outdoor : 7℃(44.6℉)/6℃(42.8℉);
2
1.2 Indoor Unit

1.2.1 Duct type
Capacity
Power
Model Cooling Heating Ref Appearance
Supply
(Btu/h) (Btu/h)
GMV-R22P/Na-K 8530
7507
GMVL-R22P/Na-K /
GMV-R25P/Na-K 10236
8530
GMVL-R25P/Na-K /
GMV-R28P/Na-K 10918
9554
GMVL-R28P/Na-K /
GMV-R32P/Na-K 12283
10919
GMVL-R32P/Na-K /
GMV-R36P/Na-K 13648
12284
GMVL-R36P/Na-K /
GMV-R40P/Na-K 15354
13649
GMVL-R40P/Na-K /
GMV-R45P/Na-K 17060
15355
GMVL-R45P/Na-K /
GMV-R50P/Na-K 19790
17061
GMVL-R50P/Na-K /
GMV-R56P/Na-K 21496
19108 220-240V
R410A
GMVL-R56P/Na-K / ~50Hz
GMV-R63P/Na-K 23884
21496
GMVL-R63P/Na-K /
GMV-R71P/Na-K 27296
24226
GMVL-R71P/Na-K /
GMV-R80P/Na-K 30026
27297
GMVL-R80P/Na-K /
GMV-R90P/Na-K 34120
30709
GMVL-R90P/Na-K /
GMV-R100P/Na-K 37532
34121
GMVL-R100P/Na-K /
38216
GMVL-R112P/Na-K /
42652
GMVL-R125P/Na-K /
47770
GMVL-R140P/Na-K /
Conversion Formula: Btu/h=kW×3412
3
Capacity
Power
Supply
(Btu/h) (Btu/h)
GMV-R22P/NaB-K 8530
7507
GMVL-R22P/NaB-K /
GMV-R28P/NaB-K 10918
9554
GMVL-R28P/NaB-K /
12284
GMVL-R36P/NaB-K /
15355
GMVL-R45P/NaB-K /
GMV-R56P/NaB-K 21496 220-240V
19108 R410A
GMVL-R56P/NaB-K / ~50Hz
24226
GMVL-R71P/NaB-K /
30709
GMVL-R90P/NaB-K /
38216
GMVL-R112P/NaB-K /
47770
GMVL-R140P/NaB-K /
GMV-R22PS/NaB-K 8530
7507
GMVL-R22PS/NaB-K /
9554
GMVL-R28PS/NaB-K /
12284
GMVL-R36PS/NaB-K /
15355
GMVL-R45PS/NaB-K /
GMV-R56PS/NaB-K 21496 220-240V
19108 R410A
GMVL-R56PS/NaB-K / ~50Hz
24226
GMVL-R71PS/NaB-K /
30709
GMVL-R90PS/NaB-K /
38216
GMVL-R112PS/NaB-K /
47770
GMVL-R140PS/NaB-K /
4
1.2.2 Cassette type

Capacity
Power
Supply
(Btu/h) (Btu/h)
220-240V
GMV-R22T/NaA-K 8530 R410A
7506 ~50Hz
GMVL-R22T/NaA-K /
GMV-R28T/NaA-K 10900
9550
GMVL-R28T/NaA-K /
12280
GMVL-R36T/NaA-K /
15360
GMVL-R45T/NaA-K /
GMV-R28T/Na-K 10900
9550
GMVL-R28T/Na-K /
GMV-R36T/Na-K 13650
12280
GMVL-R36T/Na-K /
GMV-R45T/Na-K 17060
15360
GMVL-R45T/Na-K /
GMV-R50T/Na-K 19790
17060
GMVL-R50T/Na-K /
GMV-R56T/Na-K 21500
19100
GMVL-R56T/Na-K /
GMV-R63T/Na-K 23880
21500
GMVL-R63T/Na-K /
GMV-R71T/Na-K 27300
24230
GMVL-R71T/Na-K /
GMV-R80T/Na-K 30030
27300
GMVL-R80T/Na-K /
GMV-R90T/Na-K 34120
30700
GMVL-R90T/Na-K /
GMV-R100T/Na-K 37532
34121
GMVL-R100T/Na-K /
38210
GMVL-R112T/Na-K /
GMV-R125T/Na-K 42650 46062
5
GMVL-R125T/Na-K /
47770
GMVL-R140T/Na-K /
GMV-R22Td/Na-K 8530
7506
GMVL-R22Td/Na-K /
GMV-R28Td/Na-K 10900
220-240V
9550 R410A ~50Hz
GMVL-R28Td/Na-K /
GMV-R36Td/Na-K 13650
12280
GMVL-R36Td/Na-K /

1.2.3 Wall mounted type
Capacity
Power
Supply
(Btu/h) (Btu/h)
GMV-R22G/NaB-K 8530
7507
GMVL-R22G/NaB-K /
GMV-R28G/NaB-K 10919
9554
GMVL-R28G/NaB-K /
12284
GMVL-R36G/NaB-K /
15355
GMVL-R45G/NaB-K /
17061
GMVL-R50G/NaB-K /
19108
GMVL-R56G/NaB-K / 220-240V
R410A
GMV-R22G/NaC-K 8530 ~50Hz
7507
GMVL-R22G/NaC-K /
GMV-R28G/NaC-K 10919
9554
GMVL-R28G/NaC-K /
12284
GMVL-R36G/NaC-K /
15355
GMVL-R45G/NaC-K /
GMV-R71G/Na-K 27297
24226
GMVL-R71G/Na-K /
GMV-R80G/Na-K 30709
27297
GMVL-R80G/Na-K /
6
1.2.4Floor ceiling type

Capacity Power
Supply
(Btu/h) (Btu/h)
GMV-R28Zd/Na-K 10919
9554
GMVL-R28Zd/Na-K /
12284
GMVL-R36Zd/Na-K /
17061
GMVL-R50Zd/Na-K /
GMV-R71Zd/Na-K 27297 220-240V
24226 R410A
GMVL-R71Zd/Na-K / ~50Hz
30709
GMVL-R90Zd/Na-K /
38216
GMVL-R112Zd/Na-K /
42652
GMVL-R125Zd/Na-K /
Notes: a. Cooling only unit (GMVL type) has no items on heating;

b. Noise was tested in semi-silenced room, so the actual noise value will be a little higher for change of ambient;
c. Nominal capacities are based on the following conditions:
Cooling Heating
Indoor :27℃(80.6℉)/19℃(66.2℉) Indoor: 20℃(68℉)/-

Outdoor: 35℃(95℉)/- Outdoor : 7℃(44.6℉)/6℃(42.8℉)
7
2 NOMENCLATURE
2.1 Nomenclature of outdoor unit
GMV □ L - Pd 120 W / Na B - K
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
NO. Description Options

1 Code for type GMV=Gree Multi Variable
2 Code for weather Default:T1 T2:T2 weather T3:T3 weather
L: Cooling Only
3 Code for model
Default: Heat pump
4 Units Series Pd: DC inverter VRF
120 represents 12kW
5 Nominal cooling capacity
Btu/h=kW×3412
6 W: outdoor unit
7 Refrigerant Na: R410A
8 Series number B: The second generation
9 Power supply K: 220-240V 50Hz
2.2 Nomenclature of indoor unit

GMV □ L － R 36 P / Na B □
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
NO. Description Options

1 Code for type GMV=Gree Multi Variable
2 Code for weather Default:T1 T2:T2 weather T3:T3 weather
L: Cooling Only
3 Code for model
Default: Heat pump
4 Code for function R: R-R series
36 represents 3.6kW
5 Nominal cooling capacity
Btu/h=kW×3412
P=Duct type
T=Cassette type
6 Code for unit type Td=1-way Casstte type
G=Wall mounted
Zd=Floor ceiling
7 Refrigerant Na: R410A
8 Series number B: The second generation
9 Power supply K: 220-240V 50Hz
Example: GMV-R22G/NaB-K. A wall mounted indoor unit of GREE, and the nominal cooling capacity is 2.2kw. It's the
second generation product, and it could connect the outdoor unit with digital scroll, the power supply is 220V-240V, 50Hz.
8
3 FUNCTION
Auto Restart
Fan Operation Mode
LCD Remote Controller (Option)
Auto Swing Function
Ceiling Soiling Prevention
For
Comfortable Program Dry
Air Conditioning
High Fan Speed Mode
High Ceiling Application
Two Select Thermo Sensor
Hot Start
Timer Selector
Fresh Return air inlet Directly from The Unit
Drain Pump
Long Life Filter
Ultra-Long life Filter (Option)
For Easy
Construction and Mold Resistant Treatment for Filter
Maintenance
Filter Sign
Mold Resistant Drain Pan
Emergency Operation
Self Diagnoses Function
Set Back Time Clock
Double Remote Control
For Flexible
Group Control By 1 Remote Controller
Control
Control By External Command
Remote/Centralized Control
9
4 PRODUCT DATA
4.1 Product data of outdoor
Model GMV(L)-Pd100W/NaB-K GMV(L)-Pd120W/NaB-K
kW 10.0 12.0
Cooling①
Btu/h 34120 40944
Capacity
kW 11.0 14.0
Heating②
Btu/h 37532 47768
Sound Pressure Level dB(A) 58 58
R410A Filling Amount kg 7.5 7.5
Power Supply V,Ph,Hz 220V-240V~,1Ph,50Hz 220V-240V~,1Ph,50Hz
Cooling kW 2.86 3.5
Power input
Heating kW 2.6 3.4
Cooling A 14.2 17.3
Rated current
Heating A 13.2 16.4
Compressor DC inverter dual-rotor type compressor×1
Moisture protection IP×4 IP×4
Climate Type T1 T1
mm φ15.9 φ15.9
Gas Pipe
Inch 5/8＂ 5/8＂
mm φ9.52 φ9.52
Connection Pipes Liquid Pipe
Inch 3/8＂ 3/8＂
Connection Method Flare Connection Flare Connection
Max. NO. of Indoor Unit 5 6
Power input kW 0.136 0.136
3
m /h 6000 6000
Fan Air Flow Rate
CFM 3538 3538
Step 3 3
Recommended
mm2×Number 6.0×3 6.0×3
Power Lines
Circuit breaker A 32 32
Dimensions of Installation mm 1650×590×1700 1650×590×1700
Width mm 950 950
Unit Dimensions Depth mm 340 340
Height mm 1250 1250
Width mm 1110 1110
Dimensions of
Depth mm 450 450
Package
Height mm 1280 1280
Weight(Net/Gross) kg 135/140 135/140
Model GMV(L)-Pd140W/NaB-K GMV(L)-Pd160W/NaB-K
10
kW 14.0 16.0
Cooling①
Btu/h 47768 54592
Capacity
kW 15.4 17.6
Heating②
Btu/h 52545 60051
Sound Pressure Level dB(A) 58 60
R410A Filling Amount kg 7.5 7.5
Power Supply V,Ph,Hz 220V-240V~,1Ph,50Hz 220V-240V~,1Ph,50Hz
Cooling kW 4.36 4.98
Power input
Heating kW 4.05 4.85
Cooling A 20.5 23.2
Rated current
Heating A 19.6 21.9
Compressor DC inverter dual-rotor type compressor×1
Moisture protection IP×4 IP×4
Climate Type T1 T1
mm φ15.9 φ19.05
Gas Pipe
Inch 5/8＂ 3/4＂
mm φ9.52 φ9.52
Connection Pipes Liquid Pipe
Inch 3/8＂ 3/8＂
Max. NO. of Indoor Unit 7 8
Power input kW 0.136 0.184
3
m /h 6000 6800
Fan Air Flow Rate
CFM 3538 4010
Step 3 3
2
Recommended Power Lines mm ×Number 10.0×3 10.0×3
Circuit breaker A 40 40
Dimensions of Installation mm 1650×590×1700 1650×590×1700
Width mm 950 950
Unit Dimensions Depth mm 340 340
Height mm 1250 1250
Width mm 1110 1110
Dimensions of
Depth mm 450 450
Package
Height mm 1280 1280
Weight(Net/Gross) kg 135/140 135/140
Notes:
① Refer to the product nameplate for parameters and specification of the unit;
② The model with GMVL code is cooling only unit; while the model with GMV code is heat pump unit; the cooling
only units dose not have any parameters of performing heating;
③ The sound level was tested under circumstance of semi-anechoic chamber; the value of noise could be a little
higher in actual operation.
11
4.2 Product data of indoor

4.2.1 Duct Type
Model GMV(L)-R22P/Na-K GMV(L)-R25P/Na-K GMV(L)-R28P/Na-K
kW 2.2 2.5 2.8
Cooling Capacity
Btu 7506 8530 9554
kW 2.5 3.0 3.2
Heating Capacity
Btu 8530 10236 10918
m3/h 450 450 570
Air Flow Rate
CFM 265 265 336
Sound Pressure Level (H/L) dB(A) 37/33 37/33 39/35
External Static Pressure Pa 25 25 25
Power Supply 220-240V～50Hz 220-240V～50Hz 220-240V～50Hz
Output kW 0.02 0.02 0.02
Fan Motor
Running Current A 0.17 0.17 0.16
mm φ9.52 φ9.52 φ9.52
Gas Pipe
inch 3/8＂ 3/8＂ 3/8＂
Connecting mm φ6.35 φ6.35 φ6.35
Pipes Liquid Pipe
inch 1/4＂ 1/4＂ 1/4＂
Connection Method Flare Connection Flare Connection Flare Connection
Drain Pipes
mm φ20×1.5 φ20×1.5 φ20×1.5
（External Dia. × Thickness）
Unit Dimensions
mm 875×680×220 875×680×220 875×680×220
(W×D×H)
Package Dimensions
mm 1012×708×275 1012×708×275 1012×708×275
(W×D×H)
Weight（Net/Gross） kg 27/31 27/31 27/31
Notes:
12

kW 3.2 3.6 4.0
Cooling Capacity
Btu 10919 12284 13649
kW 3.6 4.0 4.5
Heating Capacity
Btu 12283 13648 15354
m3/h 570 570 840
Air Flow Rate
CFM 336 336 494
Output kW 0.02 0.02 0.07
Fan Motor Running
A 0.16 0.16 0.69
Current
mm φ12.7 φ12.7 φ12.7
Gas Pipe
inch 1/2＂ 1/2＂ 1/2＂
Pipes Liquid Pipe
inch 1/4＂ 1/4＂ 1/4＂
Drain Pipes
mm φ20×1.5 φ20×1.5 φ30×1.5
Unit Dimensions
mm 875×680×220 875×680×220 980×736×266
(W×D×H)
Package Dimensions
mm 1012×708×275 1012×708×275 1068×766×320
(W×D×H)
Notes:
13

kW 4.5 5.0 5.6
Cooling Capacity
Btu 15355 17061 19108
kW 5.0 5.8 6.3
Heating Capacity
Btu 17060 19790 21496
m3/h 840 840 1400
Air Flow Rate
CFM 494 494 824
Output kW 0.07 0.07 0.15
Fan Motor
mm φ12.7 φ12.7 φ15.9
Gas Pipe
inch 1/2＂ 1/2＂ 5/8＂
Pipes Liquid Pipe
inch 1/4＂ 1/4＂ 3/8＂
Drain Pipes
mm φ30×1.5 φ30×1.5 φ30×1.5
Unit Dimensions
mm 980×736×266 980×736×266 1112×756×300
(W×D×H)
Package Dimensions
mm 1068×766×320 1068×766×320 1245×785×360
(W×D×H)
Notes:
14

kW 6.3 7.1 8.0
Cooling Capacity
Btu 21496 24226 27297
kW 7.0 8.0 8.8
Heating Capacity
Btu 23884 27296 30026
m3/h 1400 1400 1400
Air Flow Rate
CFM 824 824 824
Output kW 0.15 0.15 0.15
Fan Motor
mm φ15.9 φ15.9 φ15.9
Gas Pipe
inch 5/8＂ 5/8＂ 5/8＂
Pipes Liquid Pipe
inch 3/8＂ 3/8＂ 3/8＂
Drain Pipes
mm φ30×1.5 φ30×1.5 φ30×1.5
Unit Dimensions
mm 1112×756×300 1112×756×300 1112×756×300
(W×D×H)
Package Dimensions
mm 1245×785×360 1245×785×360 1245×785×360
(W×D×H)
Notes:
15

kW 9.0 10.0 11.2
Cooling Capacity
Btu 30709 34121 38216
kW 10.0 11.0 12.5
Heating Capacity
Btu 34120 37532 42650
m3/h 2000 2000 2000
Air Flow Rate
CFM 1177 1177 1177
Output kW 0.225 0.225 0.225
Fan Motor
mm φ15.9 φ15.9 φ15.9
Gas Pipe
inch 5/8＂ 5/8＂ 5/8＂
Pipes Liquid Pipe
inch 3/8＂ 3/8＂ 3/8＂
Drain Pipes（External Dia. ×

mm φ30×1.5 φ30×1.5 φ30×1.5
Thickness）
Unit Dimensions
mm 1385×736×300 1385×736×300 1385×736×300
(W×D×H)
Package Dimensions
mm 1514×795×360 1514×795×360 1514×795×360
(W×D×H)
Notes:
16
Model GMV(L)-R125P/Na-K GMV(L)-R140P/Na-K

kW 12.5 14.0
Cooling Capacity
Btu 42652 47770
kW 13.5 15.0
Heating Capacity
Btu 46060 51180
m3/h 2000 2000
Air Flow Rate
CFM 1177 1177
Sound Pressure Level (H/L) dB(A) 44/40 45/41
External Static Pressure Pa 100 50
Power Supply 220-240V～50Hz 220-240V～50Hz
Output kW 0.225 0.225
Fan Motor
Running Current A 2.14 2.14
mm φ15.9 φ15.9
Gas Pipe
inch 5/8＂ 5/8＂
Connecting mm φ9.52 φ9.52
Pipes Liquid Pipe
inch 3/8＂ 3/8＂
Drain Pipes
mm φ30×1.5 φ30×1.5
Unit Dimensions
mm 1385×736×300 1385×736×300
(W×D×H)
Package Dimensions
mm 1514×795×360 1514×795×360
(W×D×H)
Weight（Net/Gross） kg 75/79 75/79
Notes:
higher in actual operation
17
Model GMV(L)-R22P/NaB-K GMV(L)-R28P/NaB-K GMV(L)-R36P/NaB-K

kW 2.2 2.8 3.6
Cooling Capacity
Btu 7507 9554 12284
kW 2.5 3.2 4.0
Heating Capacity
Btu 8530 10918 13648
m3/h 450 570 570
Air Flow Rate
CFM 265 335 336
External Static Pressure Pa 50/20 50/20 50/20
Output kW 0.04 0.06 0.06
Fan Motor
Running Current A 028 0.41 0.41
mm φ9.52 φ9.52 φ12.7
Gas Pipe
inch 3/8＂ 3/8＂ 1/2＂
Connecting
Pipes
mm φ6.35 φ6.35 φ6.35
Liquid Pipe
inch 1/4＂ 1/4＂ 1/4＂
Drain Pipes
mm φ20×1.5 φ20×1.5 φ20×1.5
Unit Dimensions
mm 880×655×250 880×655×250 880×655×250
(W×D×H)
Package Dimensions
mm 1020×745×305 1020×745×305 1020×745×305
(W×D×H)
Weight（Net/Gross） kg 27/31 28.5/33.5 28.5/33.5
Notes:
② The model with GMVL code is cooling only unit; while the model with GMV code is heat pump unit; the cooling only
units dose not have any parameters of performing heating;
③ The sound level is tested under circumstance of semi-anechoic chamber; the value of noise could be a little higher in
actual operation.
18

kW 4.5 5.6 7.1
Cooling Capacity
Btu 15355 19108 24226
kW 5.0 6.3 8.0
Heating Capacity
Btu 17060 21496 27296
m3/h 700 1000 1100
Air Flow Rate
CFM 412 589 647
Output kW 0.07 0.15 0.15
Fan Motor
mm φ12.7 Φ15.9 Φ15.9
Gas Pipe
inch 1/2＂ 5/8＂ 5/8＂
Connecting
Pipes
mm φ6.35 Φ9.52 Φ9.52
Liquid Pipe
inch 1/4＂ 3/8＂ 3/8＂
Drain Pipes
mm Φ30×1.5 Φ30×1.5 Φ30×1.5
Unit Dimensions
mm 980×721×266 1155×756×300 1155×756×300
(W×D×H)
Package Dimensions
mm 1068×766×320 1245×785×360 1245×785×360
(W×D×H)
Notes:
actual operation.
19

kW 9.0 11.2 14.0
Cooling Capacity
Btu 30709 38216 47770
kW 10.0 12.5 15.0
Heating Capacity
Btu 34120 42650 51180
m3/h 1700 1700 2000
Air Flow Rate
CFM 1001 1177 1177
Output kW 0.225 0.225 0.26
Fan Motor
mm Φ15.9 Φ15.9 Φ15.9
Gas Pipe
inch 5/8＂ 5/8＂ 5/8＂
Connecting
mm Φ9.52 Φ9.52 Φ9.52
Pipes Liquid Pipe
inch 3/8＂ 3/8＂ 3/8＂
Drain Pipes
mm Φ30×1.5 Φ30×1.5 Φ30×1.5
Unit Dimensions
mm 1425×736×300 1425×736×300 1425×736×300
(W×D×H)
Package Dimensions
mm 1514×785×360 1514×785×360 1514×785×360
(W×D×H)
Weight（Net/Gross） kg 62/71 62/71 63.5/73
Notes:
③ The sound level is tested under circumstance of semi-anechoic chamber; the value of noise could be a little higher
in actual operation.
20
GMV(L)-R22PS/NaB- GMV(L)-R28PS/Na GMV(L)-R36PS/Na

Model
K B-K B-K
kW 2.2 2.8 3.6
Cooling Capacity
Btu 7507 9554 12284
kW 2.5 3.2 4.0
Heating Capacity
Btu 8530 10918 13648
m3/h 450 570 570
Air Flow Rate
CFM 265 335 336
Output kW 0.04 0.06 0.06
Fan Motor
mm φ9.52 φ9.52 φ12.7
Gas Pipe
inch 3/8＂ 3/8＂ 1/2＂
Connecting
Pipes
mm φ6.35 φ6.35 φ6.35
Liquid Pipe
inch 1/4＂ 1/4＂ 1/4＂
Drain Pipes
mm φ20×1.5 φ20×1.5 φ20×1.5
Unit Dimensions
mm 880×655×250 880×655×250 880×655×250
(W×D×H)
Package Dimensions
mm 1020×745×305 1020×745×305 1020×745×305
(W×D×H)
Weight（Net/Gross） kg 28.5/33.5 30.5/35.5 30.5/35.5
Notes:
actual operation.
21
GMV(L)-R45PS/NaB- GMV(L)-R56PS/NaB- GMV(L)-R71PS/NaB-

Model
K K K
kW 4.5 5.6 7.1
Cooling Capacity
Btu 15355 19108 24226
kW 5.0 6.3 8.0
Heating Capacity
Btu 17060 21496 27296
m3/h 700 1000 1100
Air Flow Rate
CFM 412 589 647
Output kW 0.07 0.15 0.15
Fan Motor
mm φ12.7 Φ15.9 Φ15.9
Gas Pipe
inch 1/2＂ 5/8＂ 5/8＂
Connecting
Pipes
mm φ6.35 Φ9.52 Φ9.52
Liquid Pipe
inch 1/4＂ 3/8＂ 3/8＂
Drain Pipes
mm Φ30×1.5 Φ30×1.5 Φ30×1.5
Unit Dimensions
mm 980×721×266 1155×756×300 1155×756×300
(W×D×H)
Package Dimensions
mm 1068×766×320 1245×785×360 1245×785×360
(W×D×H)
Notes:
actual operation.
22
GMV(L)-R90PS/NaB- GMV(L)-R112PS/NaB GMV(L)-R140PS/NaB

Model
K -K -K
kW 9.0 11.2 14.0
Cooling Capacity
Btu 30709 38216 47770
kW 10.0 12.5 15.0
Heating Capacity
Btu 34120 42650 51180
m3/h 1700 1700 2000
Air Flow Rate
CFM 1001 1177 1177
Output kW 0.225 0.225 0.26
Fan Motor
mm Φ15.9 Φ15.9 Φ15.9
Gas Pipe
inch 5/8＂ 5/8＂ 5/8＂
Connecting
mm Φ9.52 Φ9.52 Φ9.52
Pipes Liquid Pipe
inch 3/8＂ 3/8＂ 3/8＂
Drain Pipes
mm Φ30×1.5 Φ30×1.5 Φ30×1.5
Unit Dimensions
mm 1425×736×300 1425×736×300 1425×736×300
(W×D×H)
Package Dimensions
mm 1514×785×360 1514×785×360 1514×785×360
(W×D×H)
Weight（Net/Gross） kg 64/73 64/73 65.5/75
Notes:
③ The sound level is tested under circumstance of semi-anechoic chamber; the value of noise could be a little higher
in actual operation.
23
4.2.2Cassete Type
GMV (L)- GMV(L)- GMV(L)- GMV(L)-

Model R22T/NaA-K R28T/NaA-K R36T/NaA-K R45T/NaA-K
kW 2.2 2.8 3.6 4.5

Cooling Capacity
Btu 7506 9554 12283 15354
kW 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0
Heating Capacity
Btu 8530 10918 13648 17060
m3/h 600 600 600 600
Air Flow Rate
CFM 353 353 353 353
Sound Pressure Level (H/L) dB(A) 47/41 47/41 47/41 47/41
220-240V~ 220-240V~ 220-240V~ 220-240V~
Power Supply
50Hz 50Hz 50Hz 50Hz
Output kW 0.011 0.011 0.011 0.011
Fan Motor
Running
A 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
Current
mm Φ9.52 Φ12.7
Gas Pipe
inch 3/8＂ 1/2＂
Connecting mm Φ6.35 Φ6.35
Pipes Liquid Pipe
inch 1/4＂ 1/4＂
Drain Pipes
mm Φ30×1.5
(External Dia. × Thickness)
Unit Dimensions
mm Main body：570×570×230 Panel：650×650×50
(W×D×H)
Package Dimensions
(W×D×H) mm Main body：848×728×310 Panel：730×670×102
Net Weight
kg 20/5
(Main body/Panel)
Gross Weight
kg 27/10
(Main body/Panel)
Notes:
③ The sound level was tested under circumstance of semi-anechoic chamber; the value of noise could be a little higher in
actual operation.
24
Model GMV(L)-R28T/Na-K GMV(L)-R36T/Na-K GMV(L)-R45T/Na-K

kW 2.8 3.6 4.5
Cooling Capacity
Btu 9550 12280 15360
kW 3.2 4.0 5.0
Heating Capacity
Btu 10900 13650 17060
m3/h 680 680 680
Air Flow Rate
CFM 400 400 400
Output kW 0.035 0.035 0.035
Fan Motor Running
A 0.27 0.27 0.28
Current
mm Φ9.52 Φ12.7 Φ12.7
Gas Pipe
inch 3/8＂ 1/2＂ 1/2＂
Connecting
mm Φ6.35 Φ6.35 Φ6.35
Pipes Liquid Pipe
inch 1/4＂ 1/4＂ 1/4＂
Drain Pipes
mm Φ30×1.5 Φ30×1.5 Φ30×1.5
Unit Dimensions
(W×D×H)
Package Dimensions
(W×D×H)
Net Weight
kg 25/6.5
(Main body/Panel)
Gross Weight
kg 33/10
(Main body/Panel)
Notes:
actual operation.
25

kW 5.0 5.6 6.3
Cooling Capacity
Btu 17060 19100 21500
kW 5.8 6.3 7.0
Heating Capacity
Btu 19790 21500 23890
m3/h 680 1180 1180
Air Flow Rate
CFM 400 695 695
Output kW 0.035 0.035 0.035
Fan Motor Running
A 0.28 0.37 0.37
Current
mm Φ12.7 Φ15.9 Φ15.9
Gas Pipe
inch 1/2＂ 5/8＂ 5/8＂
Connecting
mm Φ6.35 Φ9.52 Φ9.52
Pipes Liquid Pipe
inch 1/4＂ 3/8＂ 3/8＂
Drain Pipes
mm Φ30×1.5 Φ30×1.5 Φ30×1.5
Main body：840×840
Unit Dimensions Main body：840×840×240
mm ×190
(W×D×H) Panel：950×950×60
Panel：950×950×60
Main body：960×960
Package Dimensions ×257 Main body：960×960×310
mm
(W×D×H) Panel：1040×1025× Panel：1040×1025×115
115
Net Weight
kg 25/6.5 30/6.5
(Main body/Panel)
Gross Weight
kg 33/10 38/10
(Main body/Panel)
Notes:
actual operation.
26

kW 7.1 8.0 9.0
Cooling Capacity
Btu 24230 27300 30700
kW 8.0 8.8 10.0
Heating Capacity
Btu 27300 30030 34120
m3/h 1180 1180 1860
Air Flow Rate
CFM 695 695 1095
Output kW 0.035 0.035 0.06
Fan Motor Running
A 0.37 0.37 0.59
Current
mm Φ15.9 Φ15.9 Φ15.9
Gas Pipe
inch 5/8＂ 5/8＂ 5/8＂
Connecting
mm Φ9.52 Φ9.52 Φ9.52
Pipes Liquid Pipe
inch 3/8＂ 3/8＂ 3/8＂
Drain Pipes
mm Φ30×1.5 Φ30×1.5 Φ30×1.5
Main body：840×
mm 840×320
(W×D×H) Panel：950×950×60
Panel：950×950×60
Main body：960×
Package Dimensions Main body：960×960×310 960×394
mm
(W×D×H) Panel：1040×1025×115 Panel：1040×1025
×115
Net Weight
kg 30/6.5 38/6.5
(Main body/Panel)
Gross Weight
kg 38/10 46/10
(Main body/Panel)
Notes:
actual operation.
27
Model GMV(L)-R100T/Na-K GMV(L)-R112T/Na-K

kW 10.0 11.2
Cooling Capacity
Btu 34120 38210
kW 11.0 12.5
Heating Capacity
Btu 37540 42650
m3/h 1860 1860
Air Flow Rate
CFM 1095 1095
Output kW 0.06 0.06
Fan Motor Running
A 0.59 0.59
Current
mm Φ15.9 Φ15.9
Gas Pipe
inch 5/8＂ 5/8＂
Connecting
mm Φ9.52 Φ9.52
Pipes Liquid Pipe
inch 3/8＂ 3/8＂
Drain Pipes
mm Φ30×1.5 Φ30×1.5

mm
(W×D×H) Panel：950×950×60
Package Dimensions Main body：960×960×394
mm
(W×D×H) Panel：1040×1025×115
Net Weight
kg 38/6.5
(Main body/Panel)
Gross Weight
kg 46/10
(Main body/Panel)
Notes:
actual operation.
28
Model GMV(L)-R125T/Na-K GMV(L)-R140T/Na-K

kW 12.5 14.0
Cooling Capacity
Btu 42650 47770
kW 13.5 14.5
Heating Capacity
Btu 46062 49470
m3/h 1860 1860
Air Flow Rate
CFM 1095 1095
Output kW 0.06 0.06
Fan Motor Running
A 0.59 0.59
Current
mm Φ15.9 Φ15.9
Gas Pipe
inch 5/8＂ 5/8＂
Connecting
mm Φ9.52 Φ9.52
Pipes Liquid Pipe
inch 3/8＂ 3/8＂
Drain Pipes
mm Φ30×1.5 Φ30×1.5

mm
(W×D×H) Panel：950×950×60
Package Dimensions Main body：960×960×394

mm
(W×D×H) Panel：1040×1025×115
Net Weight
kg 38/6.5
(Main body/Panel)
Gross Weight
kg 46/10
(Main body/Panel)
Notes:
actual operation.
29
Model GMV(L)-R22Td/Na-K GMV(L)-R28Td/Na-K GMV(L)-R36Td/Na-K

kW 2.2 2.8 3.6
Cooling Capacity
Btu 7506 9550 12280
kW 2.5 3.2 4.0
Heating Capacity
Btu 8530 10900 13650
m3/h 450 500 500
Air Flow Rate
CFM 265 294 294
Output kW 0.02 0.02 0.02
Fan Motor Running
A 0.22 0.22 0.22
Current
mm Φ9.52 Φ9.52 Φ12.7
Gas Pipe
inch 3/8＂ 3/8＂ 1/2＂
Connecting
mm Φ6.35 Φ6.35 Φ6.35
Pipes Liquid Pipe
inch 1/4＂ 1/4＂ 1/4＂
Drain Pipes
mm Φ30×1.5 Φ30×1.5 Φ30×1.5
Unit Dimensions
(W×D×H)
Package Dimensions
(W×D×H)
Net Weight
kg 16/3
(Main body/Panel)
Gross Weight
kg 25/5
(Main body/Panel)
Notes:
actual operation
30
4.2.3 Wall mounted Type

Model GMV(L)-R22G/NaB-K GMV(L)-R28G/NaB-K GMV(L)-R36G/NaB-K
kW 2.2 2.8 3.6
Cooling Capacity
Btu 7507 9554 12284
kW 2.5 3.2 4.0
Heating Capacity
Btu 8530 10919 13649
m3/h 360 360 500
Air Flow Rate
CFM 212 212 294
Sound Pressure Level
dB(A) 37/28 37/28 43/28
(H/L)
Power Supply 220-240V~50Hz 220-240V~50Hz 220-240V~50Hz
Output kW 0.014 0.014 0.022
Fan Motor Running
A 0.15 0.15 0.22
Current
mm Φ9.52 Φ9.52 Φ12.7
Gas Pipe
inch 3/8＂ 3/8＂ 1/2＂
Connecting
mm Φ6.35 Φ6.35 Φ6.35
Pipes Liquid Pipe
inch 1/4＂ 1/4＂ 1/4＂
Drain Pipes
mm Φ20×1.5 Φ20×1.5 Φ20×1.5
(External Dia. ×Thickness)
Unit Dimensions
mm 830×189×285 830×189×285 830×189×285
(W×D×H)
Package Dimensions
mm 995×394×268 995×394×268 995×394×268
(W×D×H)
Weight（Net/Gross） kg 8/14.3 8/14.3 11/15.8
Notes:
actual operation.
31
Model GMV(L)-R45G/NaB-K GMV(L)-R50G/NaB-K GMV(L)-R56G/NaB-K

kW 4.5 5.0 5.6
Cooling Capacity
Btu 15355 17061 19108
kW 5.0 5.8 6.3
Heating Capacity
Btu 17061 19790 21496
m3/h 500 700 750
Air Flow Rate
CFM 294 412 441
dB(A) 43/28 45/40 45/40
(H/L)
Output kW 0.022 0.02 0.02
Fan Motor Running
A 0.22 0.25 0.26
Current
mm Φ12.7 Φ12.7 Φ15.9
Gas Pipe
inch 1/2＂ 1/2＂ 5/8＂
Connecting
Liquid mm Φ6.35 Φ6.35 Φ9.52
Pipes
Pipe inch 1/4＂ 1/4＂ 3/8＂
Drain Pipes
（External Dia. × mm Φ20×1.5 Φ30×1.5 Φ30×1.5
Thickness）
Unit Dimensions
mm 830×189×285 1020×228×310 1020×228×310
(W×D×H)
Package Dimensions
mm 1006×385×265 1178×325×390 1178×325×390
(W×D×H)
Weight（Net/Gross） kg 11/15.8 15.5/20.5 15.5/20.5
Notes:
actual operation.
32
Model GMV(L)-R22G/NaC-K GMV(L)-R28G/NaC-K GMV(L)-R36G/NaC-K

kW 2.2 2.8 3.6
Cooling Capacity
Btu 7507 9554 12284
kW 2.5 3.2 4.0
Heating Capacity
Btu 8530 10919 13649
m3/h 360 360 500
Air Flow Rate
CFM 212 212 294
dB(A) 37/28 37/28 43/28
(H/L)
Output kW 0.014 0.014 0.022
Fan Motor Running
A 0.15 0.15 0.22
Current
mm Φ9.52 Φ9.52 Φ12.7
Gas Pipe
inch 3/8＂ 3/8＂ 1/2＂
Connecting
Pipes
Pipe inch 1/4＂ 1/4＂ 1/4＂
Drain Pipes
（External Dia. × mm φ20×1.5 φ20×1.5 φ20×1.5
Thickness）
Unit Dimensions
mm 770×190×250 770×190×250 830×189×285
(W×D×H)
Package Dimensions
mm 955×330×272 955×272×330 1006×395×295
(W×D×H)
Weight（Net/Gross） kg 8/14.3 8/14.3 11/15.8
Notes:
actual operation.
33
Model GMV(L)-R45G/NaC-K GMV(L)-R71G/Na-K GMV(L)-R80G/Na-K

kW 4.5 7.1 8.0
Cooling Capacity
Btu 15355 24226 27297
kW 5.0 8.0 9.0
Heating Capacity
Btu 17061 27297 30709
m3/h 500 1200 1200
Air Flow Rate
CFM 294 706 706
dB(A) 43/28 49/42 49/42
(H/L)
Output kW 0.022 0.026 0.026
Fan Motor Running
A 0.22 0.29 0.39
Current
mm Φ12.7 Φ15.9 Φ15.9
Gas Pipe
inch 1/2＂ 5/8＂ 5/8＂
Connecting
Pipes
Pipe inch 1/4＂ 3/8＂ 3/8＂
Drain Pipes
（External Dia. × mm Φ30×1.5 φ30×1.5 φ30×1.5
Thickness）
Unit Dimensions
mm 830×189×285 1178×227×326 1178×227×326
(W×D×H)
Package Dimensions
mm 1006×395×295 1365×417×333 1365×417×333
(W×D×H)
Weight（Net/Gross） kg 11/15.8 17.5/23 17.5/23
Notes:
actual operation.
34
4.2.4Floor Ceiling Type

Model GMV(L)-R28Zd/Na-K GMV(L)-R36Zd/Na-K GMV(L)-R50Zd/Na-K
kW 2.8 3.6 5.0
Cooling Capacity
Btu 9554 12284 17061
kW 3.2 4.0 5.8
Heating Capacity
Btu 10919 13649 19790
m3/h 550 600 700
Air Flow Rate
CFM 324 353 412
dB(A) 43/- 44/- 50/-
(H/L)
Output kW 0.01 0.01 0.04
Fan Motor Running
A 0.1 0.1 0.4
Current
mm Φ9.52 Φ12.7 Φ12.7
Gas Pipe
inch 3/8＂ 1/2＂ 1/2＂
Connecting
Pipes
Pipe inch 1/4＂ 1/4＂ 1/4＂
Drain Pipes
（External Dia. × mm Φ17×1.75 Φ17×1.75 Φ17×1.75
Thickness）
Unit Dimensions
mm 840×238×695 840×238×695 840×238×695
(W×D×H)
Package Dimensions
mm 1035×295×805 1035×295×805 1035×295×805
(W×D×H)
Notes:
actual operation.
35
Model GMV(L)-R71Zd/Na-K GMV(L)-R90Zd/Na-K

kW 7.1 9.0
Cooling Capacity
Btu 24226 30709
kW 8.0 10.0
Heating Capacity
Btu 27297 34121
m3/h 1170 2100
Air Flow Rate
CFM 689 1236
Sound Pressure Level (H/L) dB(A) 48/- 51/-
Output kW 0.1 0.15
Fan Motor
Running Current A 1 1.5
mm Φ15.9 Φ15.9
Gas Pipe
inch 5/8＂ 5/8＂
Connecting
mm Φ9.52 Φ9.52
Pipes Liquid Pipe
inch 3/8＂ 3/8＂
Drain Pipes
mm Φ17×1.75 Φ17×1.75
Unit Dimensions
mm 1300×188×600 1590×238×695
(W×D×H)
Package Dimensions
mm 1514×248×724 1714×330×830
(W×D×H)
Notes:
actual operation.
36
Model GMV(L)-R112Zd/Na-K GMV(L)-R125Zd/Na-K

kW 11.2 12.5
Cooling Capacity
Btu 38216 42652
kW 12.5 13.5
Heating Capacity
Btu 42652 46064
m3/h 2200 2300
Air Flow Rate
CFM 1295 1354
Sound Pressure Level (H/L) dB(A) 54/- 55/-
Output kW 0.18 0.18
Fan Motor
Running Current A 1.8 1.8
mm Φ15.9 Φ15.9
Gas Pipe
inch 5/8＂ 5/8＂
Connecting
mm Φ9.52 Φ9.52
Pipes Liquid Pipe
inch 3/8＂ 3/8＂
Drain Pipes
mm Φ17×1.75 Φ17×1.75
Unit Dimensions
mm 1590×238×695 1590×238×695
(W×D×H)
Package Dimensions
mm 1714×330×830 1714×330×830
(W×D×H)
Notes:
actual operation.
4.3 Operation Range

Model Range of outdoor temperature℃(℉)
Cooling 10℃(50℉)～48℃(118.4℉)
Heating -20℃(-4℉)～27℃(8℉)
37
5 PIPING DIAGRAM
5.1 Cooling Only
Heat
Exchanger
with Axial
Receiver Flow Fan
extra condenser
Outdoor side Capillary Electromagnetic valve
Capillary Oil separator
High pressure
switch
Compressor
Accumulator
Stop valve
Heat Exchanger with Centrifugal Fan

Electronic cooling
Expansion
Indoor side Valve
Electronic
Heat Exchanger with Centrifugal Fan Expansion
Valve
38
5.2 Heat Pump
Electronic expansion valve M
Filter Filter
Heat exchanger
with axial flow fan
1-way valve
Receiver
Extra condenser
4-way valve
Outdoor side Capillary Electricmagnetic valve
Capillary Oil separator
Compressor
Accumulator
Stop valve
Indoor side Heat exchanger with centrifugal fan

Electronic expansion valve heating
cooling
Heat exchanger with centrifugal fan

Electronic expansion valve
39
CONTROL
40
DC INVERTER MULTI VRF CONTROL
CONTROL
1 OPERATION FLOWCHART
41
1.1 Cooling/Dry Operation
Cooling Operation
There Is Not
Guide Louver
There Is
Guide Louvers Swing
Fan Motor: Operation
In The Process Of
Yes
Preventing Restart Operation?
(3 Minutes)
No
Temperature No
Adjustment?
Fan Motor:Stop
Yes
Electronic Expansion Valve: Close
Electronic Expansion
Valve: Capacity Control
（Go To The Previous Page）

A
42
1.2 Heating Operation
43
2 MAIN LOGIC
2.1 Control Function of Outdoor Unit
1) Compressor Capacity Output
It is defined that the full load capacity output of the compressor is 100%.
The compressor capacity output is calculated according to the required indoor load, which is
related to the following factors: whether the indoor unit is started, the set temperature, the indoor
ambient temperature, the outdoor ambient temperature, etc.
Calculation of capacity output of cooling compressor
j
∑ (q iON Ai )
Q= i =1
j
× 100%
∑q
i =1
i
Calculation of capacity output of heating compressor

j
∑ (q iON Ai + qiOFF × Bi )
Q= i =1
j
× 100%
∑q
i =1
i
For inverter compressor
f = Fmax × Q ,and when f is not 0,， the minimum is Fmin ，the maximum is Fmax
Among which:
Q is the calculated compressor capacity output;
f Actual run frequency of inverter compressor;
Fmax Maximum allowable run frequency of inverter compressor;
Fmin Minimum allowable run frequency of inverter compressor
qi Rated capacity of indoor unit
qiON Rated capacity of indoor unit in ON state
qiOFF Rated capacity of indoor unit in OFF state
Ai Setting temperature, correction of indoor and outdoor ambient temperature, %
Bi Capacity compensation under heating when indoor unit in OFF state, %;
2) Compressor Start Control

◆ The shortest operating time of the compressor is 6 minutes. But when the switching-off signal or
the protection signal is received, the compressor must stop even if the operation of it has not
lasted for 6 minutes.
◆ The shortest stoppage period of the compressor is 3 minutes. The compressor must not be
started at any time within 3 minutes after the compressor is stopped.
◆ If the capacity demand of each indoor unit is 0 when the whole unit group is under heating state,
the compressor must be stopped (if under the heating operation alone the temperature of stop
control is reached, the compressor must be stopped).
★ Initial Sequence Chart of Cooling/Dry Modes:
During the first starting and frequency-rising process of compressor, the first dwell time is
respective 3min, 5min and 5min when the frequency passed 60Hz, 75Hz and 90Hz. If
high-pressure frequency-reducing and exhausting frequency-reducing happens during the
process, you should quit the initial action, and deal with according to their separate
44
frequency-reducing.
★ Initial Sequence Chart of Heating Mode:
Before the first starting of compressor, you should keep it running for 3min at 60Hz, and then
switch to the target frequency. The dwell time is separately 5min and 5 min when the frequency
passes 75 Hz and 90 Hz. If high-pressure frequency-reducing and exhausting frequency-reducing
happens during the process, you should quit the initial action, and deal with according to their
separate frequency-reducing.
45
Shown as the following figure:
Frequency Initialization pause point To the target frequency
Inverter controller
4-way Valve Power the four-way valve if the high and low voltage
deviation is no less than 3kg/cm2G
Fan
Initialization
Outdoor unit EXV 350-step
Indoor unit EXV 0- step Initialization

250-step
Regulate according to
normal logic
3) Outdoor fan control

Definition of fan speed: Ultra-high fan speed: the upper and lower fans are both at high speed; High fan speed:
the upper and lower fans are both at medium speed; Medium fan speed: the upper and lower fan are both at low
speed; Low fan speed: the upper fan is at low speed, the lower fan stops; Stop fan speed: both the upper and lower
fans stop.
◆ Cooling Mode:
The fan could be switched among ultra-high - high - medium - low fan speed.
The compressor should be forced to run at high fan speed for 35 seconds before started. After the compressor
started, you should not stop it within 3 minutes, but you could regulate it up to ultra-high fan speed. The discharge
pressure should be measured 3 minutes later, and you can regulate the fans’ speed according to the following
discharge pressure:
Absolute pressure P≤30℃ 30℃＜P≤42℃ 42℃＜P≤49℃ P＞49℃

value for discharge
（℃）
Cooling Shutdown the Turn down one Remain Turn up one
fan forcibly grade (not including grade
stopping
windshield )
For ultra-high fan speed, you couldn’t turn up the grade anymore;
◆ Heating Mode:
The fan should run at high fan speed for 35s before the compressor is started, meanwhile, it is not allowed to turn
up to ultra-high fan speed within the earlier 3 minutes after the compressor started, but it could be switched to low
speed and stopping fan. You could turn up to the highest level ultra-high fan speed after 3 minutes.
Pressure section:
Absolute pressure value
P≤37℃ 37℃＜P＜48℃ P≥48℃
for discharge（℃）
Heating Turn up one grade Remain Turn down one grade
4) Defrosting Function
◆ Defrosting Start Conditions
Keep heating (the four-way valve is under the heating position) for 50 minutes; when the intermediate sensor
temperature and outdoor ambient temperature retain the following curve figure for 120s,
46
Intermediate sensor temperature (℃)
Outdoor dry bulb temperature (℃)
Or the outdoor ambient temperature is below -6 ℃; and keeps heating (the four-way valve is under the heating
position) for 2 hours;
◆ Defrosting Stop Conditions:

Outdoor coil pipe temperature is higher than 15 ℃ or the defrosting is running for 10 minutes continuously.
◆ Defrosting Movements:
The defrosting is made by switching four-way valve to cooling mode.
The action time for unit defrosting operation is shown as the following figure.
Timing diagram of the defrosting process
47
Heating timer
Defrosting mark
Defrosting timer
Compressor frequency
4-way Valve
High fan
Outdoor fan
Outdoor electronic
expansion valve
Air Bypass OFF
Anti-cold air operation

Indoor fan ON
Indoor electronic
expansion valve T = <10 Minutes 30s
2 minute
30s
1 minute 1 minute 2 minute
4 minute
Defrosting preparation Defrosting process End of defrosting
1.3.2 Control Function of Indoor Unit

1) Cooling Operation
◆ Cooling Capacity
Outdoor unit will determine the compressor capacity output according to the capacity requirements of indoor unit;
Indoor unit will determine the opening of indoor electronic expansion valve by the control of outdoor unit, and the
electronic expansion valve should be set once for every 40 seconds.
◆ Temperature Control
Indoor unit will control the temperature by opening and closing of indoor electronic expansion valve (Shown as the
following figure):
When the indoor unit capacity requirement is 0, you should close the electronic expansion valve;
When the indoor unit of capacity requirement is not 0, you should open the electronic expansion valve
Expansion valve ON
膨胀阀ON
Expansion Valve OFF

膨胀阀OFF
Indoor Ambient 室内环境温度

Temperature -1 +1
Indoor Setting
室内设定温度 Temperature
If all the indoor units’ temperatures of a unit are up to temperature spot, then the capacity needs is o. the outdoor
unit will stop the compressor, and all the indoor electromagnetic expansion valve will be closed.
◆Indoor Fan Action
When the indoor unit is opened and the fan is not set at automatic fan speed, the indoor fan will unceasingly
48
run at the set speed regardless of the capacity requirement is 0 or not.

When the indoor fan is set at automatic fan speed, the fan will determine the fan according to the changes of indoor
ambient temperature, shown as the following figure:
高风档
High
Medium
中风档
Low
低风档
Indoor Ambient 室内环境温度

Temperature +1 +2 +3 +4
Indoor
室内设定温度setting temperature
Automatic cooling fan speed
制冷自动风速
(Common)
（通用）
高风档
High
Medium
中风档
低风档
Low
室内环境温度
Indoor Ambient Temperature +1 +2 +3 +4
Indoor setting temperature
室内设定温度
Automatic
制冷自动风速 cooling fan speed
（菱格风） (Trendy)
Automatic fan speed switching will be detected every 30 seconds.
If the indoor fan is closed at first, the fan will be forced to run at high speed for 8s after start-up, then changed to
setting speed.
◆ Blowing Residual Cold Air Control
When the indoor unit is turned off, the fan will run for 0-60 seconds at the setting speed or automatic speed
When the capacity requirement of indoor unit is 0, the electronic expansion valve of indoor unit will be closed, and
then the fan will unceasingly run at the setting speed or automatic speed.
2) Dry Operation
When the units work under dry mode, the indoor fan could only work at low speed (no matter what speed is set). All
other actions are the same with cooling operation. Please refer to cooling operation.
Low
低风档
Indoor ambient
室内环境温度temperature -1 +1
Indoor setting temperature
室内设定温度
If the indoor fan is closed at first, the fan will be forced to run at high fan for 8s after start-up, then changed to
setting speed.
2) Heating Operation
◆ Heating Capacity
Outdoor unit will determine the compressor capacity output according to the capacity requirements of indoor unit.
Indoor unit will determine the opening of indoor electronic expansion valve by the control of outdoor unit, and the
electronic expansion valve should be set once for every 40 seconds.
◆ Temperature Control
Indoor unit will control the temperature by opening and closing of indoor electronic expansion valve (Shown as
the following figure):
When the indoor unit capacity requirement is 0, the electronic expansion valve should be closed;
When the indoor unit of capacity requirement is not 0, the electronic expansion valve should be open.
Expansion
膨胀阀ON valve ON
Expansion
膨胀阀OFF Valve OFF
Indoor Ambient Temperature

室内环境温度 -1 +1
Indoor
室内设定温度 Setting Temperature
◆ Fan Control
49
When the indoor unit has capacity requirement:

If the automatic fan speed is not set, the indoor fans will unceasingly run at the setting speed.
When the indoor fan is set at automatic speed, the fan will determine the fan speed according to the changes
of indoor ambient temperature, shown as the following figure:
High
高风档
中风档
Medium
Low
低风档
Indoor ambient temperature

室内环境温度 -3 -2 -1 +1 +2
Indoor
Automatic
制热自动风速heating fan speed
(Common)
（通用）
高风档
High fan
中风档 fan
Medium
Low
低风档fan
室内环境温度 -3
Indoor ambient temperature -2 -1 +1 +2
Indoor
Automatic
制热自动风速 heating fan speed
（菱格风） (Trendy)
Automatic fan switching will be detected every 30 seconds.

If the indoor fan is closed at first, the fan will be forced to run at high fan for 8s after started-up, then changed to
setting speed.
◆ Anti cold air operation
When the indoor unit has the capability requirement, the indoor fan will be forced into the off state, and run
according to the following conditions:
If the indoor unit evaporator temperature t evaporator has reached the valve value T v-evaporator, then the indoor fan will
run at the set fan speed after running 8 seconds at high speed; If the indoor unit evaporator temperature t evaporator
has still not reached the valve value T v-evaporator after 1 min, the indoor fan will be forced to run at high speed for 3s
and then run at the setting speed; shown as the following table:
Series of cassette Series of wall
Model
Anti-cold air valve value T and duct types mounted type
v-evaporator table（℃）
T v-evaporator 35 39
t / 。C
Tv-evaporatorTv蒸
High t evaporator
t蒸发器
高风档
Setting
设定风速 speed
Fan
风机关 OFF
8s
t/s
0 60s
t evaporator tReaching the valve value within one minute
蒸发器一分钟内达到阀值
50
t
t / 。C t 蒸发器
evaporator
Tv-evaporatorTv蒸
高风档
High
Setting
设定风速 speed
风机关
Fan OFF
8s
t/s
0 60s
t evaporator Failing to reach the valve value within one minute
t蒸发器一分钟内未达到阀值
Once the indoor unit started under heating operation, if the fan stops in any case (including starting up,
defrosting, fault, no capability needs), the anti cold air operation will keep before starting the fan for the next time.
Once the indoor fan is started, unless the fan stops, the anti cold air operation will not take effect even t evaporator
< T v-evaporator again.
◆ Blowing Residual Heat Operation

When the indoor unit runs under heating mode, if it should be stopped for reaching the temperature spot, fault,
defrosting etc., you should carry on the blowing residual heat operation before stop, in order to exclude the inner
surplus heat of evaporator and electric heater.
When the indoor unit needs to carry out blowing residual heat operation, the indoor fan should be switch to low
fan speed, and turn off the indoor fan after running the corresponding period T residual heat. Show as the following
figure:
Necessary for blowing residual heat

Unnecessary for 需要吹余热
blowing residual
不需要吹余热heat
Setting wind
设定风速speed
Low speed
低风档
Fan OFF
风机关
Tresidual heat
T余热
t/s
0
The corresponding residual heat removal period for different models in different situations is listed in the
following table.
The blowing period for residual heat in different situations T residual heat
（s）
Reaching the
Entering into Malfunction
Model Stop temperature
the defrosting stop
point
Duct Type Series 100 60-100 60 60
Wall Mounting
50 10-50 10 10
Type Series
Cassette Type Low wind,
60 20 20
Series non-stop
Special case: For the indoor units of cassette series, it will run at low fan speed when it reaches the temperature
point, and do not need to stop the fan.
3) Compensation for Heating Temperature

Under the standard conditions, when the air conditioner is running, the units will regulate the capacity output of
indoor unit according to its setting temperature and air inlet temperature, and in order regulate the indoor
temperature to the set temperature. When the air conditioner is installed too high and under the heating mode, the
hot air will easily gather up due to the density, so the temperature of living space may not reach the set
temperature, leading to uncomfortable feeling.
Therefore, you should use the temperature compensation function under heating mode: to reflect the real
temperature of living space by reducing 2 degrees of the air inlet temperature. You may keep comfortable
temperature in the living space. Shown as the following figure:
51
Expansion valve ON
膨胀阀ON
Expansion
膨胀阀OFFValve OFF
Indoor ambient室内环境温度
temperature (air -1 +1
inlet temperature)
(回风口温度) Indoor Setting Temperature
室内设定温度
Temperature标准情况下的温度调节
regulation under standard conditions
膨胀阀ON
Expansion valve ON
Expansion
膨胀阀OFFValve OFF
Indoor ambient temperature (air

室内环境温度
inlet temperature) -1 +1 +2 +3
(回风口温度) Indoor
室内设定温度 Setting Temperature
Temperature具有温度补偿的温度调节
regulation with temperature compensation
4) Auto swing control
The indoor units of Wall mounting and cassette series have the swing function. By this function, you can increase
the indoor air convection and the uniformity of indoor temperature regulation.
◆Reset
The swing louver will sway once automatically when electrifying for the first time. It can make the swing louver
return to the initial positions, and ensure the accuracy of swing louver action.
◆Using Indoor Units’ Own Buttons for Start
When you use the indoor units’ own buttons for start, the automatic swing will work automatically. The swing louver
will swing back and forth between the max and min positions (there are different max and min positions according
to different modes)
◆ Use the Wired Controller or Remote Controller for controlling
When using the wired controller or remote controller for start, if you don’t set the automatic swing signal when
starting, the swing louver will stop at default location (The default locations are different according to different
modes). If the automatic swing signal has been set well when starting, the automatic swing will automatically work.
The swing louver will swing back and forth between the max and min positions (there are different max and min
positions according to different modes).
Cooling / Dry / Fan mode Heating mode
When the wired controller or remote controller sends an automatic swing signal, the automatic swing function
will be started, and the swing louver begins to swing from current position.
When the wired controller or remote controller sends a stopping swing signal, the automatic swing function will
be stopped, and the swing louver stops at current position.
◆ Others
When the indoor unit receives the shutdown signal, detecting the fault signal and defrosting signal unless the
auxiliary electric heating protection, no matter the swing louver are under any state, they will all stop at initial
position after the cessation of indoor fans.
When the indoor units detected the auxiliary electric heating protection, no matter the indoor units are under
any state, the automatic swing will work, and the indoor fans will run at high speed at the same time.
5) Controlling of drainage pump motor
Cassette indoor units have drainage pump device to discharge the condensation water which is produced during
cooling or drying.
◆ When the indoor unit is operating under cooling or dry mode, the water pump and compressor will start at the
same time.
◆ When powering off or cooling stop, drying stop or transfering to other modes, the water pump will be powered
off after five miuntes.
◆When water level is flooded for 8 second at any mode (include power-off), the water pump must be started at
once. The pump will not stop running untill the flooding signal disappears and it will stop running ten minutes after
52
the flooding signal disappears.

制冷
Cooling Cooling
制冷停机 stop
Non-cooling
非制冷 Non-cooling
非制冷
Compressor
压缩机开 start
Compressor
压缩机关 stop Compressor
压缩机关 stop
Pump
水泵开 start Pump
水泵开start
Pump
Pump
水泵关stop stop
水泵关 Pump
水泵关 stop
5m 5m
t
Water full
Water full 水满信号有效
signal is valid
signal is
水满信号无效
invalid Water full signal is disappears
水满信号消除
Pump
水泵开start
8s
Pump
水泵关stop Pump
水泵关stop
10m
t
6) Anti- frosting operating undercooling and drying operation

When evaporator temperature is too low under cooling and drying operation, in order to avoid indoor unit frosting
and affect the cooling effect, you should carry out anti frosting operating at approproate time.
Under cooling and drying mode, after the compressor starts for TCompressor (minutes), when continuously
measuring that the TTube-inlet temperature ≤TFrosting temperature of evaporator for Tantifrosting,, the antifreezing protection will
operate and the indoor fan and swing fan will keep the former state; when the TTube-inlet temperature ≤TFrosting temperature,
the LED will not light and the controller will operate as setting mode.
The parameter of TCompressor, TDefending frost, TFrosting temperature and TReset temperature will be different according to the model,
as shown:
TDefending frost TFrosting temperature TReset temperature
Model TCompressor (m)
(m) (℃) (℃)
Series of
cassete and 15 10 -4 15
duct type
Series of wall
mounted 6 3 0 10
type
7) Controling of indoor electronic expansion valve
◆ Reset control of indoor electronic expansion valve
When the indoor unit is energized, it will automatically carry out the electronic expansion valve reposition action,
to make the electronic expansion valve return the initial position, and ensure the accuracy of expansion valve’s
action.
◆ Controling of superheating degree in cooling mode
In the operation process of cooling and drying , to keep suitable superheating degree, the unit will control the jaw
opening of indoor electronic expansion valve according to the difference between entry temperature and setting
superheating value of indoor unit evaporator.It will be detected every 40 seconds. This process will stop when
powering off, stop after reaching temperature point and malfunction.
◆ Controlling of supercooling degree in heating mode
In the operation process of heating, to keep suitable supercooling degree, the unit will control the jaw opening of
indoor electronic expansion valve according to the difference between entry temperature and setting supercooling
value of indoor unit evaporator. It will be detected every 40 seconds. This process will stop when powering off, stop
after reaching temperature point and malfunction.
8) Controling of sensor test
◆ Ambient temp. sensor
When the ambient temperature is measured lower than -20℃ or higer than 100℃ for one minute continuously,
the ambient sensor error signal will be sent(error code: F0), and then indoor unit will stop for abnormity.
When the environment sensor is in trouble, the environment temperature is tested lower than -20℃ or higer
than 100℃ for one minute continuously, the ambient sensor error signal will disappear, and indoor unit will operate
as the former state.
◆ Evaporator temp sensor
When the evaporator temperature is measured lower than -30℃ or higer than 100℃ for one minute
continuously,the evaporator temp sensor error signal will be sent (error code: F0), and then indoor unit will stop for
abnormity.
53
When the evaporator temperature sensor is in trouble, the evaporator temperature is measured lower than -30℃
or higer than 100℃ for one minute continuously,, the evaporator temperature sensor error signal will disappear,
and the indoor unit will operate as the former state.
◆The measure times should not be accumulatived
Fault Type Error Code

Indoor ambient temperature sensor error F0
Indoor tube-inlet sensor error F1
Indoor tube sensor error F2
Indoor tube-exit sensor error F2
Upper limit value

上限值
感温包
Temperature
of sensor
温度
下限值
Lower limit value
故障产生
Error 故障产生
Error
producing producing
Error故障恢复
resume Error故障恢复
resume
感温包故
Sensor fault state
障状态
1m 1m 1m 1m <1m t
9) Address setting of indoor unit

Indoor unit at the same units must have exclusive address to operate, so you should set the address when
installing the indoor unit.
The address of indoor unit at the same units is not allowed to repeat.
The address of the same indoor unit should conform to the address of remote controller.
The address setting of indoor unit and remote controller should use address DIP switch, which is set on the
mainboard of indoor unit and remote control, and has the sign of “address”.
The address which DIP switch refers to is listed as follows.

Dial-up code table (4 positions DIP switch)
Position Position Position Position Position Position Position Position
Address Address
4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1
ON ON ON ON 1 OFF ON ON ON 9
ON ON ON OFF 2 OFF ON ON OFF 10
ON ON OFF ON 3 OFF ON OFF ON 11
ON ON OFF OFF 4 OFF ON OFF OFF 12
ON OFF ON ON 5 OFF OFF ON ON 13
ON OFF ON OFF 6 OFF OFF ON OFF 14
ON OFF OFF ON 7 OFF OFF OFF ON 15
ON OFF OFF OFF 8 OFF OFF OFF OFF 16
54
11) About functional DIP swicth S7 ( for Na-K series)

Before the mainboard is electrified, the setting of DIP swicth S7 must be finished, this switch will decide
the working mode of indoor unit; the position of ducted units is 4, and other machine is 3.
Functional description as follows:
DIP swicth silk

Functional Description Dialing on Dialing off
print
Selecting of memory mode:
A. Electrifying renew mode and electrifying
Electrifying Electrifying
1（S / R） standby mode select;
standby renew
B. This function is effective without wired
controller.
Selecting of wired controller and receiver head
A. If you select wired controller the function of Selected
Selected
2（L / I） receiver head will be shield; wired
receiver head
B. If you select receiver head the wired controller
controller can not work.
Setting of master / slave indoor unit:
A. To slove the problem of mode conflict; Master indoor Slave indoor
3（M / S）
B. This function will be effective when unit unit
controlled without wired controller.
Selecting of ambient temperature sensor (Only
for ducted units): Ambient Ambient
A. Selecting of mainboard ambient temperature temperature
4（I / O） temperature sensor(TAmbient and receiver head sensor on sensor on
temperature sensor(TAmbient1); mainboard is receiver head is
B. This function will be effective when selected selected
mainboard controlled without wired controller.
Functional description of master / slave indoor unit:
◆ This function is effective without wired controller. if it has wired controller, the master / slave unit function is
operated by wired controller;
◆ The complete unit will judge automatically. it will select the minimum indoor unit address code and minimum
pinboard address code as master indoor unit.
◆ Once the indoor unit address is decided, the operation mode of the complete unit will follow the operation mode
of the selected unit. For example, if the master indoor unit is in cooling (heating) mode, the outdoor will operate
under cooling(heating) mode, and any indoor units which operate under cooling (heating) mode will show mode
conflict.
◆ When the master indoor unit meets power failure or is turned off, the unit mode will be treated as the former
mode conflict, i.e. the operation mode of the indoor unit mode is the operation mode of the complete unit.
About functional DIP swicth S7 ( for Cassette Type)

The 3-bit dial switch must be set before energizing the main board and it determines running state of
indoor unit.
Function of it is as follow:
Dial switch
Function Dial ON Dial OFF
Silk screen
Selection of memory mode:
Standby
A：Selection between reset mode and standby mode after Reset after
1（S / R） after
energizing energizing
energizing
B：This function is available without wired controller.
Selection between manual controller and receiver
Selecting Selecting
A：If manual controller is selected, remote-control function of
2（L / I） wired receiver
receiver will be shielded.
controller joint
B：If receiver is selected, wired controller will be non-effective.
55
Setting of main and slave indoor units

Main indoor Slave
3（M / S） A：For resolution of conflict among the modes.
unit indoor unit
About functional DIP swicth S7 ( for Ducted Type)
Functional DIP switch S7
DIP Code Setting

Description
switch
0（ON 位） 1
Energized Energized
1（S / R） Memory mode setting
standby（S） recovery （R）
Wired control Remote
2（L / I） Control method setting
（L） control （I）
Master/slave indoor Master indoor Slave indoor
3（M / S）
unit setting unit（M） unit（S）
Collection point
Return air
4（I / O） setting for ambient receiver（O）
inlet （I）
temp.
High-low static setting Low static High static
5（L / H)
of fan pressure（L） pressure（H）
Specific function of each function DIP switch is as follows:
DIP switch 1（S/R）——Memory mode setting; it includes energized standby mode and energized recovery
mode. Energized standby mode is that: after the unit resumes power supply, the previous setting parameters
will be maintained but cannot automatically run and such setting is factory setting (dialing the DIP switch
to “ON” position); For example, setting parameters of a indoor unit are high fan speed before
de-energization and 24℃ and after resuming power supply, the unit will be in standby status; Then
manually turn on the unit and its parameters are still high fan speed and 24℃. Energized recovery mode is
that: after the unit resumes power supply, not only it will keep the previous setting but also can
automatically run; But if the unit is in turnoff status before de-energization, it will still be that status after
resuming power supply.
DIP switch 2（L/I）——Control mode; it includes wired control mode and remote control mode. Wired
control mode is that: control the running of indoor unit by wired controller, which is factory setting (dialing
the DIP switch to “ON” position); When the setting is wired control mode, “Memory mode setting” and
“Master/slave indoor unit setting” of S7 are invalid which can be directly set on the wired controller.
Remote control mode is that: control the running of indoor unit by remote controller; when the setting is
remote control mode, its functional code must be set in S7.
DIP switch 3（M/S）——Master/slave indoor unit setting; it is master/slave setting of indoor unit running
mode, which is mainly used for people’ priority requirements (such as leaders, patients, etc.). The factory
setting is master indoor unit( dialing the DIP switch to “ON” position). When settings of all indoor units are
slave indoor units, outdoor unit will run in the mode of firstly started slave indoor unit. If the mode of later
started slave indoor unit and mode of firstly started slave indoor unit conflict, the conflict modes error will
be warned by the system and later started indoor unit cannot run. In that case, the running of the unit is
decided by firstly started slave indoor unit.
56
When there is only one indoor unit that is set to be master indoor unit, in that case, no matter if the master
indoor unit is firstly started, the conflict mode error will be warned by slave indoor unit once the mode of
slave indoor unit and the mode of master indoor unit conflict (except for turnoff mode of master/slave
indoor unit). And the unit will firstly run at the mode of master indoor unit
When there are multi indoor units that are set to be master indoor units, the unit will run at the mode of
master indoor unit with min. address code. When the indoor unit with min. address code changes to the
running status from turnoff status, modes of other master indoor units or slave indoor unit should be in the
same mode with it, or the conflict mode error will be warned. Therefore, when there are multi master
indoor units, set the address code from high to low according to priority.
DIP switch 4（I/O）——Collection point setting of ambient temp.; the setting is mainly used when there is
high differential between temperatures of air conditioning area and return air of the unit. The setting is
valid only when there is receiver and includes collection points setting of temperatures of return air inlet e
and receiver head. The factory setting is the collection points setting of temperature of return air
inlet( dialing the DIP switch to the “ON” position.
DIP switch 5（L/H）——High-low static pressure setting of fan; it includes high static pressure setting of
fan and low static pressure setting of fan, which should be adjusted according to the project.
Cautions:
1）.Code setting must be under off state of power.
2）. There is 3-bit, 4-bit or 5-bit DIP switch. 4-bit or 5-bit DIP switch is only applicable to ducted type
unit(including GMV Multi VRF ducted type units and ducted type split)
3）.；When the control setting is "L", the Master/slave and memory setting on the main board is invalid.
When the control setting is “I”, the code setting is valid.
4）. The dial-up position shall be at ON which means 0 or at opposite position which means 1.
Dial-upswitch at middle position is prohibited.
5）. After dialing up, please record address code of the unit （√）.
S1 address code S7 function code
57
5-bit functional DIP switch
Address DIP
Functional DIP Switch S1
Switch S7
Mainboard of 4-bit Functional DIP switch
58
3 WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER

NOTE!
● Make sure that there is no obstruction between the remote control and the signal receptor.
● The remote control signal can be received at the distance of up to about 10m.
● Don’t drop or throw the remote control.
● Don’t let any liquid flow into the remote control.
● Don’t put the remote control directly under the sunlight or any place where is very hot.
FAN button
Press the button to
change the speed of the
fan according to the
following order.
SWING FAN AUTO FAN SPEED
AUTOFAN OPER
TEMP. button AUTO
Set temp. increases 1 c AIR
by pressing "+" and
decreases 1 c by pressing
"-" once. COOL
SWING HUMID LIGHT SAVE
DRY
Set temp. : 16 c~30 c TIMER FAN
Set temp. : 16 c~30 c ONOFF HR.
HEAT
Set temp. : 16 c~30 c
Set temp. : 16 c~30 c
ON/OFF button
MODE button Press the button to turn on
Press the button to change the unit. Press the button
the mode according to the once again to turn off the
following order unit and cancal the timer.
MODE ON/0FF
NOTE: The cooling only
units have no mode.
NOTE!
After every indoor unit received the turn off signal, the fan and electric inflate valve will
continue to work for 20-70mins to make use of the rest cool or rest heat, while for preparation for the
nest work. And this is normal phenomenon.
59
NOTE!
This type of remote control is a kind of general use remote control that is suitable for several
types (function) of air conditioner units. Please understand that the functions and buttons that are
not suitable for this air conditioner will not be introduced.
Liquid crystal displayer
It shows all set contents.
SWING FAN
SLEEP button
AUTOFAN Press the button to set SLEEP
OPER
mode, and stop when repressed.
AUTO
When the sleep mode is in the
AIR cool and dry mode, the set
temp. will increases 1~2℃
during the set time, then the
SWING HUMID LIGHT SAVE unit will operate according to
the temp.. When sleep mode is
TIMER
ONOFF HR. in the heat mode, the set temp.
decreases 1~2℃ during the set
time, then the unit will operate
according to the set temp..
SLEEP AIR
LIGHT HUMID
TIMER ON TIMER OFF ANION SAVE
MODE ON/0FF
Temp./Timer button
When the unit is operating, increase 1℃
by pressing "+" button once, and
decrease 1℃ by pressing "-" button
once. The indoor temp. can be set in
the range of 16-30℃.
Press the "Timer OFF/TIMER ON"
button at operating/ stopping to set the
off/on time. Press "Timer OFF/TIMER
ON" once to increase 0.5 hour for the
set time. The Max.value of setting time
could be 24 hours，when repressed it
the setting time will be canceled.
Operation procedure
Normal procedure
1. Press ON/OFF button after connected with the power, then the unit is operating.
2. Press MODE button to choose the need operation mode.
3. Press FAN button to set the fan speed.
4. Press +/- button to set the need temp.
Selectable procedure
5. Press SLEEP mode to set the sleep state.
6. Press TIMER OFF button to set the set time.
Note: When the operating mode selected by the indoor unit is clash with the one selected by the
outdoor unit, the remote controller will display the operating clash after 5 seconds and the power
light will flicker, then the indoor unit turns off. At this time, the units will become normal after the
operating mode of the indoor unit is changed to cooperate with the outdoor unit. Cool mode can
cooperate with dry mode, and fan mode can cooperate with any mode.
60
How to insert batteries

Two batteries (Two AAA dry-cell batteries) are used by the remote control
1. Remote the cover from the back of the remote control downward, take out the worn batteries and insert
two new ones (Make sure the two poles are correct)
2. Re-attach the cover.
1.All the prints and code no. will

be showed on the displayer after
the insert of batteries. The remote
control can be operated after 10sec.
2.The lifetime of the batteries is
about one year.
3.Don't confuse the new and worn
or different types of batteries.
4.Remove batteries when the
①Remove the cover remote control is not in use for a
③Re-attach the cover longtime to avoid mal-function
caused by liquid leakage.
5.The remote control should be
placed about 1m or more from the
open TV set or any other electric
appliances.
6.The remote control should be
used in the receivable range (the
RESET KEY reception range is 10m)
7.When the remote control can not
be controlled in the situation of
ACL
inserted batteries, please remove
the back cover and press "ACL"
button to make it normal.
②Insert 2AAA dry-cell

battaries(attachment)
61
4 WIRED CONTROLLER
4.1 Operation and Display View
Fig.4.1
Various Components of Wired controller
1 Operating mode display (Cool, Dry, Fan, Heat) 9 On/Off button
2 Sleep mode display 10 Timer button
3 Ambient temp.display /Malfunction display 11 Sleep button
4 Fan control display (automatic, high, media, low) 12 Swing display
5 Set Temp. display 13 Fan control button
6 Defrosting display 14 Temp./ Timer decrease button
7 Timer display 15 Temp./ Timer increase button
8 Signal receptor 16 Mode button
4.2 Dimension
21.5
54
42.5
85
60
85
Fig.4.2.1 Outline Dimension Fig.4.2.2 Installation Dimension
62
4.3 Installation
1 2 3 4
Fig.4.3 Installation of wired controller
SN 1 2 3 4
Name Casing base, installed into the wall Controller Soleplate Screw M4X25 Controller Panel
●Notice for installation under the guidance of Fig.10

1. Cut off power supply before installing the electrical components.It is forbidden to carry out the installation with power on;
2. Get one end of the 4 core communication cable and put it through the rectangular hole on the base board on the wired
controller;
3. Hold the base board of controller on the wall, and then fix it to the wall with M4x25 screw;
4. Plug the 4 core communication cable into the slot on the wired controller, and then fix the controller panel with base board
together;
63
5 MINI CENTRALIZED CONTROLLER (REGION CONTROLLER)

5.1 Function
Region monitoring control and region wired control are the two main control functions for region controller.
Region monitoring controller can monitor or control 16 indoor units of a group for inquiry and single or centralized
control.
Region wired controller can replace 1-16 selected wired controllers to uniformly set or control the indoor units.
Refer to Fig.1.1, Fig.1.2 about the Sketch map to the relation among the region controller, region monitoring
controller and region wired controller.
Fig.1.1
Before using, the controller functions must be selected by the personnel who performance the installation with the
requirements of users. Please refer to Project Debugging Setting section for the details.
Note: If the controller is set to be region wired controller, the wired controller of the selected indoor unit must be
removed.
The region controller can be matched with long-distance monitor. As a region monitoring controller, its control is
subject to that of the long-distance monitor. In the same group, one of the region controllers can be used as region monitoring
controller and matches one or more region wired controller which replace(s) one or more wired controller, in which case, the
region monitoring controller can also monitor or control the region wired controller.
Fig.1.2 Sketch map to the relation among the region controller, region monitoring controller and region wired
controller
64
5.2 Operation View
（Fig.5.2）
Instruction to functions of buttons (Table 5.1)
No. Name Function
A. Switch the control mode of inquiry/single/ central control.
FUNC
1 B. In central control status, give the central order by successively pressing FUNC
(FUNCTION)
button.
2 MODE Set cooling/heating/fan/dry mode for indoor unit
3 ▲ A. Inquiry status: cycle, increase or decrease No. of indoor units to easily inquire the
status of each indoor unit.
B. Single/Central control status: set running temp. of indoor unit, maximum is 30℃
4 ▼ and minimum is 16℃.
C. Timer setting status: increase or decrease the timer on/off time, maximum is 24hr
and minimum is 0.
A. Set the indoor fan speed of hi/mid/low/auto.
5 FAN
B. Successively press FAN button to set on/off swing.
A． Under single/central control mode, set on /off timer of selected indoor unit
6 TIMER B． Under inquiry status, inquire the timer setting of the indoor unit with current
address.
7 ON/OFF Set ON/OFF of the indoor unit.
Under single/central control, press MODE and ON/OFF buttons simultaneously to
2MODE and
Lock start/ stop the lock of operation to buttons of wired controller for selected indoor
7 ON/OFF
units.
2MODE and Under single/central control, press MODE and TIMER simultaneously to start/ stop
Shield mode
6 TIMER the shield of operation to MODE button of wired controller for selected indoor unit.
4 ▼and Shielding Under single/central control, press ▼ and TIMER simultaneously to start/ stop the
6 TIMER Temp. shield of operation to Temp button of wired controller for selected indoor unit.
7 ON/OFF and Shielding Under single/central control, press ON/OFF and TIMER simultaneously to start/ stop
6 TIMER ON/OFF the shield of operation to ON/OFF button of wired controller for selected indoor unit.
2 MODE and Memory
Refer to power-off memory function about the details.
3 ▲ mode
4 ▼and Selection A．Check the control mode of region monitoring controller / region wired controller
7 ON/OFF of function B．Set the control mode of region monitoring controller / region wired controller
Note:
1.The characters with gray back ground indicate buttons. Following part is the same to it.
2. The time of single press of the button is more than 3s, which means successively-press.
3. There isn‘t the function that the region wired controller shields other indoor wired controller.
65
5.3 Display View
(Fig.5.3)
No. Display name Instruction to display
Inquiry state, “INQUIRY” is displayed.

1 Control mode Single control state,”SINGLE” is displayed.
Centralized control state, “CENTER” is displayed.
2 Running mode Each indoor unit running mode is displayed.

“ERROR” is displayed during any malfunction to indoor or outdoor unit in a
3 Error
group.
“－ “ is displayed when there is no malfunction to selected indoor unit and the

4 －
ambient temp. is below zero.
5 Fan speed display Hi, mid, low or auto speed of indoor fan is displayed.
6 Swing Swing running of indoor unit is displayed.
7 Timer “TIMER ON/OFF” is displayed when setting timer or inquiring timer state.
Under inquiry state, No. of online indoor units are displayed and No. of selected
indoor unit will blink.
8 No. of indoor unit
Under single control state, only No. of selected indoor unit is displayed.
Under centralized state, No. of all online indoor units are displayed.
9 Room temp. “ROOMTEMP” is displayed for no malfunction, but isn’t for malfunction.
Centralized controller
A. Under inquiry state,” SHIELD” will be displayed when selected indoor unit is
shielded.
10 Shield B. Under control state,” SHIELD” will be displayed during setting or giving the
shield order.
Region wired controller:” SHIELD” will be displayed when selected units are
shielded during long-distance monitoring.
11 Force “FORCE” is displayed when indoor unit is forced to run.

12 ℃ (room temp.) “ ℃” is displayed when there is no malfunction.
Room temp. value is displayed during no malfunction to selected indoor or outdoor
Room temp. or error
13 unit.
code
Error code is displayed during malfunction to selected indoor or outdoor unit.
66
14 Melt “Melt” is displayed during defrosting.
Region monitoring controller

A: Inquiry state: “LOCK” is displayed when selected indoor unit is locked.
15 Lock B: Control state: “LOCK” is displayed during setting or giving the lock order.
Region wired controller: “LOCK” is displayed when selected unit is locked in
long-distance monitoring.
“SET” blinks when the unit is on and commanded.

16 Set
“SET” is displayed when the unit is on without command.
Set temp. value is displayed when the selected indoor unit is on and not in timer
17 ℃ (set temp.)
inquiry or setting status.
18 HR (hour) “HR” is displayed during timer inquiry or setting.
“.5” is displayed when the timer time value includes 0.5 hr and the unit is during
19 .5
timer inquiry or setting.
During timer inquiry, integer of setting time of timer is displayed.
Setting temp. and timer
20 During timer setting, integer of setting time of timer is displayed.
time
Set temp. value is displayed when the unit is not during timer inquiry or setting.
Note:
1. Contents in the double quotation marks indicate the display in LCD. Following part is the same to it.
2. Online indoor units to Mini Centralized Controller indicate that in a region. Following part is the same to it.
3. No signal control function for region wired controller, and “SINGLE” won’t be displayed either.
5.4 Connection between Controller and Unit

Insert the 4-core twisted pair line to wired controller, if which is with the indoor unit, into region controller wiring
terminal CN1 (or CN2), and then connect the other wiring terminal CN2 (or CN1) with the main board of indoor unit.
If there is no wired controller with indoor unit, introduce a 4-core twisted pair line to indoor unit main board and connect it
with region controller wiring terminal CN1 (or CN2).
Note：Any main board of the indoor unit controlled by the region controller can be connected. If the region controller is used
as a region wired controller, wired controller with the indoor unit must be removed.
Fig2.1 Power cords and communication lines for region controller
Before installation and connection, make sure the power supply is off. After installation and
connection, check the connection result again to prevent loose or short.
There are 4 connection lines (included in the 4-core twisted pair line) to the controller, from CN1 or the
upper and right CN2 to the upper they respectively are: Ground line (GND), communication line A (A),
communication line B(B) and power cord (+12 v).
Note:
During following connection of wirings, pay special attention to them to avoid malfunction to units for
67
electromagnetic interference.
1. Keep the signal lines or wirings (communication) of region controller or wired controller at least 20
cm from the power cords or connecting lines between indoors and outdoors to prevent abnormal
communication.
2. Shielding twisted pair line must be adopted as signal line or wiring (communication) once the unit
is installed in the place where there is serious electromagnetic interference.
6 CENTRALIZED CONTROLLER
6.1 Function
Main characteristics of Centralized Controller:
◆ A set of Centralized Controller can control 64 communication modules and can connect to as
much as 1024 indoor units. It can conduct individual control with any separated area or unified
control. It can monitor or control On/Off, Mode, Temperature setting and Timer On/Off of indoor
unit etc.
◆ It can realize the central, single or select control to all indoor units.
◆ It can organize several indoor units into groups as you desired and conduct unified
control—Group select control.
◆ Error contents are shown by codes. Corresponding communication module numbers of the indoor
units with error contents would blink for rapid inspection and repair (There is sound warning for a
few errors).
◆ Timer function. Every indoor unit can set Timer On/Off time by central, single or select control.
Both Timer On time and Timer Off time can be set at the same time, and it is available to set the
timer to which day among the 7 days from Sunday to Saturday works.
◆ Clock function displays in year, month, day, hour, minute and week, and the clock can be
manually adjusted.
◆ Indoor and outdoor units online auto detect, display and working state indication.
◆ Self-inspection function is remained.
◆ Centralized Controller and several communication modules formed communication net, the length
of communication wire of the net can be as long as 1km (without using communication repeaters).
6.2 Operation View

1 2
3
17
16
15
4
14
13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5
(Fig.6.2)
68
This central control has Sequence On function, that enable conduction to sequence control
1 ALL ON to communication modular in interval of 2 seconds, communication modular controls
Sequence On of indoor units (to lower impact to power network).
This central control has Sequence Off function, that enable conduction of sequence control
2 ALL OFF to communication modular in interval of 2 seconds, communication module controls
Sequence Off of indoor units (to lower impact to power network).
3 ON/OFF (2) For controlling units’ on and off.

4 TIMER Set and check the time of Timer On and Timer Off of indoor unit and date mode.
5 SWING Set if indoor unit swings
6 SPEED Set fan speeds of High, Medium, Low or Auto for indoor unit
7 MODE Set modes of Cool, Dry, Fan or Heat for indoor unit
It works as direction and adjusting under every operation function. Such as: When
LEFT/RIGHT checking, it can move to the required indoor unit or communication modular by using this
8
UP/DOWN button; when adjusting time, press LEFT (/RIGHT) to shift “Y/M/D” etc. and press UP
(/DOWN) to adjust value
Under control mode, press this button after setting state of indoor unit, control to indoor
9 CONTROL
unit would be conducted by corresponding control mode.
Press button under checking state to begin information check and set of grouped indoor
10 GROUP
unit, grouped information is for select control.
11 TIME Set system time

12 SYSTEM/TEST Begin setting of central control run mode, it is not recommended to be used by users.
Shift display domain and indoor wired air condition control. DOMAIN corresponding to
13 INDOOR/DOMAIN display on line communication modular, INDOOR corresponding to display on line
indoor control.
Press this button during process of setting function to exit the already made function
14 CANCEL setting operation. Such as, if central control mode were selected, press CANCEL at this
time would back to control mode selecting state.
Begin control setting mode, and Central Control, Select Control and Single Control can be
selected.
CONTROL MODE Central Control: Control all indoor units under domain by present set state.
15 Single Control: Control present indoor unit by present set state.
Select Control: Control selected indoor unit by present set state, it also called
grouped control
16 SELECT Select required control or setting object; repress the button to the object is to cancel.
17 CONFIRM Confirm the operated operation is effective
69
6.3 Display View
(Fig.6.3.1)
Sketch for LCD part:
1 2 3 4 5
16 7
8
15 14 13 12 11 10 9
(Fig.6.3.2)
Pagination/displays Under select control mode, group no. that is present controlling is displayed;
1
present domain Under addresses setting state, present Soft Add is displayed.
Displays the soft address of communication module that the present checking or
2 Present unit no. controlling indoor unit is belonged as well as the address of indoor unit;
Format: Soft add—Indoor unit add
3 Error Displays when there is error at any indoor or outdoor unit.
4 Operation mode Displays every operation state mode of indoor unit
5 Speed display Displays High, Medium, Low and Auto speed of indoor unit
Under group control mode, it is displayed when checking grouping information;
6 Check
Under address setting mode, it is displayed when checking hard address.
Operation monitoring and When central control works in normal, operation monitoring displays; when control
7
controlling /monitoring signal is transmitted, operation monitoring and controlling is displayed.
8 Error code Displays when abnormal occur on operation state of present indoor unit.
9 System time Displays present time, format is Y, M, D, H, M and week.
10 Timer setting Timer On/Off on when Timer On/Off is set to present indoor unit
11 Pre-set temperature Displays value of pre-set temperature
12 Ambient temperature Displays value of ambient temperature of present indoor unit
13 Swing and Defrost Displays operation of swing at indoor unit and defrost at outdoor unit
70
Setting operation mode of central control. It should be completed by installation

14 System setting
personnel, but not for users.
15 Control mode Displays 3 control modes of Central, Single and Select controls
When Indoor on, addresses of present online indoor unit is displayed;

When domain on, soft address of present online communication module is
16 Displays of soft address displayed;
Specific location of controlled indoor unit can only be ascertained when soft
address fits Project Installation List.
Instruction to display interface:

System Setting: Including Address Setting and other functions, and it is set when installation personnel are adjusting
units. It is not recommended that users operate it. The usage of this function requires password.
Address Setting: Since characters from 01 to 64 are fixed as the addresses of controlling communication modules
displayed by central control (hereinafter called soft addresses), and the addresses of communication modules
themselves (hereinafter called hard addresses) are value from 0~254, thus there is address matching problem between
central control and controlled communication module. In order to solve this problem, address mapping setting is
required to be conducted before project adjusting!
6.4 Communication Network Connection
6.4.1 Communication network
The following is a brief sketch of communication net of multi variable units:
As shown in figure, the ”\” at A are parting lines for communication net. Left side of the “\” is the communication net
between central control and communication module while the right side is that between multi variable outdoor unit and
indoor units. The 2 nets are individual nets.
Before normal use of central control, do conduct addresses setting and adjusting to communication system by
installation personnel. Only after that can the central control offered to be used by user.
71
6.5 Case Study

Take one floor of an office building for example to illustrate wiring and debugging of the centralized control system. In
this floor, there are 2 assembly rooms, 8 offices and 1 monitor room. Refer to the following illustration for its plane structure.
1）Instruction to Distribution of Unit and Installation of Equipment
This office building has been installed with 2 sets of GMV units, as shown in the table below.
Quantity of
required Quantity of
Name Models communicati indoor Corresponding rooms of indoor units
on modules units
(pinboard)
Address of
Address of
Room communication
indoor unit
module
Office 1 1，2
GMV(L)-Pd160
Unit1 1（0） 12 Office 2 3，4
W/NaB-K
Office 3 5，6
01
Office 4 7，8
Office 5 9，10
Office 6 11，12
Address of
Address of
Room communication
indoor unit
module
Office 7 1,2
GMV-R620W4/ 02
Unit 2 2（2） 20 Office 8 3,4
D
Assembly
1，2，3，4
room 1
03
Assembly
5，6，7，8
room 2
72
2）Frame Diagram of System Net
73
Instruction to Frame Diagram of System Net

Mark A:Outdoor Unit GMV(L)-Pd160W/NaB-K can be connected with up to 16 indoor units. In this project, this
outdoor unit is connected with the communication module with address of 01 and indoor units (address 01~12）of office 1-6,
corresponding with independent communication Net.2. The mainboard of outdoor unit is as follow:
3-core neilsbed
connects with indoor
unit or
communication
module.
Mark B: Outdoor Unit GMV（L）-R620W4/A can be connected with up to 32 indoor units by two pinboards ,either of
which can connect with up to 16 indoor units . What’s more, the quantity of communication modules used is the same as that
of pinboards.
In this project, pinboard 1 is connected with the communication module with address of 02 and indoor units (address
01~04）of office 7-8, corresponding with independent communication Net.2. Pinboard 2 is connected with communication
module of address 03 and indoor units (address 01~08）of office 1-2, corresponding with independent communication Net.3.
The outdoor figure is as follow:
74
Pinboard 2：
3-core neilsbed connects with indoor unit
or communication module and 4-core
neilsbed with outdoor unit
Pinboard 1：
3-core neilsbed connects
with indoor unit or
modules, and 4-core
neilsbed with outdoor unit
Mark C: Centralized controller cabinet is mainly used to put communication modules together. Refer to Section 3
Instruction to Installation Procedure of System about its figure and connection method of communication modules.
Mark D: Centralized Controller ZJ701. For the first use of it, address mapping setting must be made to specify
addresses of communication modules which should be controlled. In this project example there are 3 communication
modules with the address of 01, 02 and 03 which are displayed in the centralized controller correspondingly.
Mark S1, S2, and S3: Telephone 3-way triple adapters are used to connect communication modules with
communicating net of indoor and outdoor units. Refer to Section 3 Instruction to Installation Procedure of System for its
connection method.
3） Instruction to Installation Procedure of System

z Step 1: Integral Design of the Whole System.
In consideration of features of building and installation of the unit, the building is divided into a lot of monitoring
regions and then confirm required systems, their quantity and installation locations. As for this example:
A. Division of monitoring regions: According to needs of the users, the whole floor is divided into 3 monitoring regions,
south area (office 1-6), north area (assembly room1-2 and office 7-8) and monitor room.
B. Confirmation of quantity of systems
Name Qty Installation Location Notes
The quantity required for the pinboards is the

Communication same as communication modules. If no pinboard,
3 Centralized control cabinet
modules only one module is needed. So, there should be 3
modules in total.
Centralized control
1 Monitor room Installed indoors according to user’s conditions.
cabinet
Centralized
1 Monitor room Installed indoors
controller
z Step 2: Wiring and Installation

A. Centralized controller as extension function of GMV unit can be installed and debugged after communication
connection between outdoor unit and indoor unit and normal operation of the unit.
B. Make of centralized control cabinet
If a lot of communication modules are used, centralized control cabinet is recommended. Heavy current wires
and communication lines should be wired separately. The distance between them should keep above 15cm.The
following figure is an example of centralized control cabinet, but its design should be according to quantity of
communication modules.
75
C. Connection of communication modules

COM 1 of communication module can connect with indoor and outdoor unit. The two COM2 can connect with
other communication module or centralized controller. As shown in the following figure:
D. Connection between communication module and indoor and outdoor units

According to the net diagram, connect the communication line between indoor unit and outdoor unit. Then cut
off the communication line between the mainboards of indoor unit and outdoor unit, as shown below.
Align the cutting terminals and terminals of communication line to COM1, as shown below:
76
In this case, there are two methods to connection of them.

Method 1: Welding
Weld the two cutting terminals by yellow to yellow and brown to brown, as shown below:
And then weld the terminals of communication line to COM1 with the welding spots in the above figure
together by yellow wire to brown wire, as shown below:
At last, wrap the welding spots with insulating tape and test conduction performance of the three
communication lines, as shown below:
77
Method 2: Triple adapter

Make crystal heads for the three lines. The connection direction should be the sameas in the above welding
figures, i.e. yellow to yellow and brown to brown wire of indoor and outdoor units, but yellow to brown wire of
communication line to COM1.The crystal heads are as follow:
Insert the three crystal heads into the triple adopter and test conduction performance of them, as shown
below:
E. Connection of Communication Modules and Centralized Controller

Connection of COM1 of communication module which has 3 COM in total has been introduced as the above.
COM2 can connect with another communication module or centralized controller, as shown below:
78
Note: The above figure is only for reference to relation among the equipments. The actual wiring is subject to the
above frame diagram of system
●Step 3: There are two methods of DIP address setting of communication module
Method 1: The address of each communication module has been fixed in the factory and marked on the label at the
back of it. It is unnecessary for users to set anything. In addition, the 3-digital DIP can not be dialed to OFF completely, as
shown below:
Label for address of

communication module
Method 2: Manual setting of address, as operated the following:

1. Dial the digital switch at the back of communication module to OFF completely, as below:
79
2.Open the cover of communication module as below:
The 8-digital DIP is as below:
Set DIP for address according to the following table.

Address from 0 to 31 Address from 32 to 63
DIP S2 DIP S3 Address DIP S2 DIP S3 Address
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 32
1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 33
0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 34
1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 35
0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 36
1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 5 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 37
0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 6 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 38
1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 7 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 39
0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 40
1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 9 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 41
0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 10 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 42
1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 11 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 43
0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 12 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 44
80
1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 13 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 45
0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 14 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 46
1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 15 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 47
0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 16 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 48
1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 17 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 49
0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 18 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 50
1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 19 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 51
0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 20 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 52
1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 21 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 53
0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 22 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 54
1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 23 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 55
0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 24 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 56
1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 25 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 57
0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 26 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 58
1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 27 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 59
0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 28 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 60
1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 29 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 61
0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 30 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 62
1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 31 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 63
81
Address from 64 to 95 Address from 96 to 127

DIP S2 DIP S3 Address DIP S2 DIP S3 Address
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3
0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 64 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 96
1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 65 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 97
0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 66 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 98
1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 67 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 99
0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 68 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 100
1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 69 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 101
0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 70 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 102
1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 71 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 103
0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 72 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 104
1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 73 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 105
0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 74 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 106
1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 75 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 107
0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 76 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 108
1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 77 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 109
0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 78 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 110
1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 79 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 111
0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 80 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 112
1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 81 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 113
0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 82 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 114
1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 83 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 115
0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 84 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 116
1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 85 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 117
0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 86 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 118
1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 87 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 119
0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 88 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 120
1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 89 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 121
0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 90 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 122
1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 91 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 123
0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 92 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 124
1 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 93 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 125
0 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 94 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 126
1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 95 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 127
z Step 4: System Setting of Centralized Controller

SYSTEM SETTING includes ADDRESS SETTING and INITIALIZE SETTING. The former one is used for
setting address of control object (communication module), and the latter one for initializing the data in the centralized
controller （including clear all the finished address settings）.
Since the centralized controller can control at most 64 communication modules and the address of them is 0 to 253 (0 is
generally unused), it must specify the address of communication module needed to be controlled. It is ADDRESS SETTING,
which is not recommended to operate by users.
The debugging personnel can press SYSTEM/DEBUG into system setting interface. After pressing UP, DOWN,
LEFT and RIGHT buttons, press CONFIRM button into the interface for selection between ADDRESS SETTING and
INITIALIZE SETTING.
The operation procedure of ADDRESS SETTING:
1. The centralized controller without energizing and setting will display following.
Display Present Unit No. 00-00 which means soft address 00-No. 00 indoor unit. (Soft address is the No.
displayed in 1-64 grid of LCD.
Press SYSTEM/DEBUG into system setting interface. After pressing UP, DOWN, LEFT and RIGHT buttons,
press CONFIRM button into the interface for selection between ADDRESS SETTING and INITIALIZE SETTING.
Then press UP or DOWN button to switch between them.
2. When ADDRESS SETTING is blinking, press SELECT button into address setting interface.
Hard address
Soft address
Press LEFT or RIGHT button to switch between SOFT and Hard ADDRESS settings, and UP or Down button
to adjust their values。After adjustment, press CONFIRM button to make the address values corresponding and
effective. If the cursor stops at hard address position (hard address is blinking), press CANCEL button to make the
setting value ineffective, in which case, the “- -”will be displayed.(Soft address is the No. displayed in 1-64 grid of
LCD and hard address is the actual one of communication module.)
In this example, the centralized controller controls 3 communication modules with the address of 01, 02 and 03
(i.e. hard address is 01,02 and 03).For convenient management, soft address will be set to the same as hard address, i.e.
“01 001”,“02 002”and “03 003”.
If communication is normal after setting, the centralized controller will display as the following figure:
Soft address
display 01,02 Press this button to
and 03 check indoor unit status
under corresponding
soft address.
I． 01,02 and 03 of soft address is displayed, which indicates normal communication of these 3
communication modules.
II． PRESENT UNIT NO. displays “01-08”, which indicates No. 08 indoor unit under 01 communication
module is being checked.
III． Press ROOM/REGION button to check other indoor units’ status under present communication module.
Indoor units’ status is automatically detected, without setting in centralized controller.
z Step 5: Troubleshooting during Installation of Centralized Controller

Generally speaking, connection of communication lines, address DIP of communication module and address
mapping setting of centralized controller are the common problems during installation of centralized controller. These
problems can be reflected from running indicator (green) of communication module. Meanwhile, it is recommended to debug
the centralized controller after making communication of outdoor and indoor units smooth to simplify the problems.
A. Connection of communication lines
83
① If incorrect or non-connection of communication module, centralized controller and communication line of indoor
and outdoor units, the green indicator will be black all the time.
② It indicates connection problem between communication module and centralized controller that green indicator
blinks once every 2s.In this case, COM2 must be used to connect them.
③ It indicates connection problem of communication module and indoor and outdoor units that green indicator blinks
twice every 2s. In this case, COM1 must be used to connect them. Refer to Step 2, C for details.
B. Address DIP of communication module

There are two methods for address setting. The one is that communication module has been set by software store,
but the 3-digital DIP switch can not be dialed to OFF completely. The other one is to set it manually, but the 3-digital
DIP switch should be dialed to OFF completely. Refer to step 3 for details.
C. Address mapping setting of centralized controller

The centralized controller only can normally operate after specifying address of communication module needed to
control. If not, the operation status of communication and indoor units can not be displayed by it. Refer to Step 4 for
details.
84
7 MONITORING SOFTWARE
7.1 Function
As the development and improvement of manufacturing technology and in order to solve the problems of complex
distribution of the central AC in the buildings and difficult control and maintenance of them, an platform easy and reliable to
operate must be provided to the users for daily management and maintenance. So this long-distance monitoring system
combining electronic communication and computer technologies is developed to collect the running state of the units and to
monitor and control the units from a long distance. Its structure is as follow:
7.2 Connection Between the Computer and the Unit

1. Notice：
z The address code of the communication modules should not be conflicted in one project.
z Optoelectronic Isolated Repeater: One every 800m of communication distance equipped with one and one every 30
communication modules equipped with one.
z the communication cable and heavy-current wire should be separated and the distance between them can not be below
15cm
z line A and line B of Bus 485 should respectively correspond with line A and line B.
z crystal head（crystal head buckle is downwards）
2. Wiring Diagram
Description of above communication cables

Cable Description
D1 crystal head and the other end is XH 4-core pin connector（2-core Type-V twisted pair wire）
D2 both crystal head(Standard parts)
crystal head and the other end connects of it connects with wiring terminal of converter.
D3
（2-core Type-V twisted pair wire）
H2 both 9-core head (Standard parts)
86
7.3 Hardware
1. Introduction to Main Devices
1.1 R232-R485 Optoelectronic Isolated Converter (standard parts)
1）Function Introduction:
z R232-R485 optoelectronic Isolated converter is used to convert the signal 232 of PC COM and signal of bus
485.
2）Dimension
Description L（mm） W（mm） H（mm）
optoelectronic isolated converter 94 72 23
3）Installation Dimension
4）Installation Criteria:
z It must be installed indoors to avoid knock, insolation or rainwater and is better to be put in the monitoring
room.
z This device must be the original one in the factory. Never self-buy the models for replacement.
z 220-V AC socket must be installed for independent power supply.
z Power supply specification: 12～30VDC 800mA
1.2 Optoelectronic Isolated Repeater(optional parts)
1）Function Introduction:
z Optoelectronic Isolated repeater is mainly used to collect increase of communication distance and nodes
when the quantity of communication modules is above 30 or communication distance is above 800m.Refer
to Project and Installation section for details.
z 2）Dimension
Optoelectronic Isolated Repeater 94 72 23
3）Installation Dimension
88
z It must be installed indoors to avoid knock, insolation or rainwater and is better to be put in centralized control
cabinet
z This device must be the original one in the factory. Never self-buy the models for replacement.
z 220-V AC socket must be installed for independent power supply.
z 12～30VDC 800mA Power supply specification: 12～30VDC 800mA
1.3 Communication Module (standard parts)
1）Function Introduction
z Communication module is used for conversion and transfer of signal of PC and air conditioner during the
communication of them, making the role of communication controller. Refer to User Instruction to
Communication Module for details.
2）Dimension:
Communication module 150 102 30
89
3）Installation Dimension:
Description Distance to top side（mm） Diameter（mm）
Hanging Hole 35 5
4）Use Instruction to Communication Module

z The Sketch Map of COM, as shown below:
Power
z Use Instruction
Please check the user manual of communication module for details information.
5）Installation Criteria of Communication Module:
z Ensure the specification of power adapter to avoid malfunction or damage to the communication module.
z Ensure unique DIP address of each communication module in the project to avoid malfunction.
z Ensure communication cable connects with correct COM to avoid malfunction.
z The communication modules should be put in centralized control cabinet together to avoid direct sunlight or high
temperature and wet environment.
z Power transformer specification: input AC200V～50HZ and output DC9V～800mA
90
1.4 Centralized Control Cabinet (user provided parts)
1）Function Instruction:
z It can put the communication modules together for convenient centralized management and reliable
operation.
2）Dimension:
z The following dimension is for reference. The cabinet is designed according to 10 communication modules
into. If more modules are needed, the cabinet should be designed once again. The internal structure should
accord to actual state.
The external dimension of the cabinet (Unit: mm)
z The dimension of the cabinet should be designed according to quantity , arrangement and put position of the
communication modules before make of it.
z Independent power supply for each communication module is needed, so enough 220v AC sockets should be
installed in the cabinet.
z The communication cable and heavy-current wire should be separated for the distance above 15cm.
z The cabinet should be put indoors and locked to avoid insolation and rainwater or contact of non-manager.
1.5 3-way Phone Connector (user provided parts)
Note: Lines without 3-way telephone connector can be connected by welding and protected with insulating tape to
avoid oxidization and short circuit.
1）Function Instruction: Common 3-way phone connector is applied to connect 3 pieces of communication cable.
Dimension ：
3-way connector 33 27 21
z Avoid knock, insolation or rainwater.
z Ensure tightness of each bayonet without load.
z Perform conduction test after installation. Replace the ones of poor contact.
z The welding method is better than 3-way connector.
z After the connection of communication cables with 3-way connector, it must be fixed by insulating tape to
avoid loose and poor contact of crystal head.
92
INSTALLATION
93
DC INVERTER MULTI VRF INSTALLATION
INSTALLATION
1 PRECAUTIONS FOR INSTALLATION
1.1 Precautions for installation
Before installation, please ensure if the installing site, power ratings, possible operating range (pipe distance,
height difference between indoor and outdoor unit, power voltage) and installing space are correct and suitable.
The outdoor unit is general to all models according to its power.
To ensure correct installation, please make sure to read the Safety Considerations thoroughly before
starting the installation works.
The considerations stated below are classified into WARNING and CAUTION. Those that might
cause death or severe injury in case of wrong installation are identified in WARNING. However, those
that are stated in CAUTION may also cause severe accidents sometimes. Therefore, both of them
relate to important safety considerations and must be strictly followed.
After completing the installation and test run and confirming that all are normal, please introduce to the
client on how to use and repair the machine according to the Operating Instructions. Besides, please
deliver the considerations herein to the clients together with the Operating Instructions, and ask them to
keep properly.
WARNING!
The installation shall be performed by the vendor or professional dealer from which you buy the machine. If
you install by yourself, any improper installation might cause water leakage, electric shock or fire accident.
The installation shall be done correctly according to installation instructions. Improper installation may
cause water leakage, electric shock or fire.
To install a large air-conditioning system in a small room, please make sure to take measures to prevent
that the refrigerant will not exceed the limit concentration in case of leakage. For the measures to prevent
the refrigerant from exceeding the limit concentration, please consult your dealer. If no proper measures, it
might cause human suffocation in case of refrigerant leakage.
Please install at a position that is strong enough to support the weight of machine. If the installing position
is of low strength, the machine may drop down and thus cause human injury.
Please carry out installation in accordance with the rules for preventing the typhoon or earthquake. The
machine may tip over if the installation does not comply with the requirements.
The electrical cabling shall be carried out by qualified electricians in accordance with the Safety Code for
Electrical Equipment, relevant local rules and the installation instructions. Make sure to use the
special-purpose circuit. If the power circuit capacity is low or the construction is improper, it might cause
electric shock or fire accidents.
Please use suitable cables and connect them securely. Please fix the terminal joints securely. The terminal
connection shall not be affected due to any external force applied onto the cable. Improper connection and
fixing may cause heating and fire accidents.
Keep the cables in correct shape and prevent them from protruding upward. Please protect them securely
with repair board. Improper installation may cause heating and fire accidents.
When erecting or relocating the air conditioner, do not let any air enter into cooling circulation system
except the specified refrigerant. If any air is mixed, abnormal high pressure will occur in the cooling
circulation system, thus causing crack or human injury accidents.
During installation, please always use the attached parts or designated parts. Failure to use the designated
parts may cause water leakage, electric shock, fire or refrigerant leakage.
CAUTION:
Please earth securely. Do not connect the earth wires to gas pipe, water pipe, lightning rod or telephone
line. Improper earthling might cause electric shock.
Leakage circuit breaker must be installed at some place. No installation of leakage circuit breaker might
cause electric shock.
Do not install at a place where inflammable gas might leak. Gas leakage and despot around the machine
might cause fire accidents.
To ensure correct drainage of water, the drainage hose shall be installed according to the installation
instructions. Also the heat insulation shall be provided to avoid condensing.Improper installation of the pipe
might result in water leakage and lead to possible wetting of the articles in the room.
94
1.2 Key Points of Installation
Installation Procedures Description and Acceptance Criteria

1. The materials specified on the engineering drawing shall
be purchased as specified (e.g. copper tube, thermal
insulation tube, PVC pipe, power cables, air switch, etc);
2. The materials not specified on the engineering drawing
Material Selection and Equipment Inspection
shall be purchased according to the actual quantity of
works (e.g. hanger frame, cable duct, etc);
3. Check if the outdoor unit, indoor unit, communication
wires and accessories are complete.
1. The power cables shall be separated from communication
wires at a least distance of 10cm.
2. To avoid breaking the communication wires, please do not
Connection use strong force.
3. For multiple units, please mark them properly.
Communication
Switch on indoor and outdoor unit, and ensure there is no
wire
display of “Communication Wire Error E6”
1. Each indoor unit under the same system has a unique
Address address dial code.
dial code 2. The wired controller and its corresponding indoor unit
have the same address dial code.
1. Select the remote control mode;
Remote Control 2. The centralized controller and communication module
shall be installed free from the source of interference.
Installation
1. The power cable must meet the specifications.
of indoor unit
Power cord 2. The indoor units under the same system must be
arranged under unified power supply.
1. The PVC pipes must meet the specifications.
2. A specific gradient must be provided along the water flow
direction.
Installation
3. Carry out water detection after installation.
Drainage hose Carry out thermal insulation to the drainage hose only
after the water detection is accepted.
1. The thermal insulation tube must meet the specifications.
Thermal
2. Seal between the thermal insulation pipes to avoid air
insulation
entry.
Installation of Air Duct (when 1. Design the length of air duct according to static pressure;
with high static pressure 2. The return air inlet shall be optimally designed to avoid
duct-type unit) too small size.
Installation
of
connection Welding 1. The copper tube must meet the specifications.
pipes 2. Ensure it is dry and clean inside the tube.
3. Make sure to charge nitrogen as required for protection
95
when welding the tubes.
4. Please keep to the welding process and ensure the
system free of leakage.

5. Add a dual-way filter on liquid pipe side.
6. For multiple systems, please mark them properly.
Carry out leakage detection under pressure after welding.
1. Purge the system clean.

2. Keep the pressure for 24 hours
Purge and make leakage Except for the influence by temperature, it is deemed
detection under pressure acceptable if pressure drop is within 0.02MPa. (With the
temperature change by 1?, the pressure will change by
approx. 0.01MPa).
1. The thermal insulation tube must meet the specifications.
Thermal insulation 2. Seal between the thermal insulation pipes to avoid air
entry.
1. Select the installing position correctly.
2. Build the foundation according to the anchor bolt position
and the dimension of outdoor unit;
Installation of outdoor unit
3. Build the damping device properly.
4. Avoid sharp knock when handling the outdoor unit. The
inclination angle shall not be higher than 15°
1. Tighten the nuts;
Connection of indoor unit and outdoor unit 2. Provide proper protection to the outdoor connection pipe,
communication wires and power supply.
Keep the pressure for 24 hours. Except for the influence by
temperature, it is deemed acceptable if pressure drop is within
Leakage detection under pressure
0.02MPa. (With the temperature change by 1℃, the pressure
will change by approx. 0.01MPa).
1. Establish vacuum simultaneously in the gas pipe and
liquid pipe;
Vacuuming 2. The vacuuming time shall be long enough.
Put still for 1 hour after vacuuming. It is deemed acceptable if
the pressure will not rise.
Add refrigerant according to the volume as specified on the
Add refrigerant
engineering drawing.
Open the valve of outdoor unit
Commissioning of complete unit
Remarks:
1) Described above are general working procedures. The procedures might vary with the site conditions.
2) For detailed installation rules, please see the description in each chapter.
96
2 FLOW CHART OF INSTALLATION

Design
设计交底
Kicking-off
材料的选购
Material selection
现场安装位置审核
Inspection of site
installation position
安装室内机
Installation of indoor unit 安装连接管
Installation of 安装室外机
Installation of outdoor unit
connection pipes
焊接
Welding
安装远连接连接安装
Installation Connection Connection Installation
of remote of of power of drainage Purge and make
Connection of
连接电源线
程监控通讯线电源线排水管
control communica cables pipes 吹洗和保压检漏
leakage detection
power cables
tion wires under pressure
地址拨码
Address dial code
Thermal
保温焊接
Welding
保温
Address dial code
insulation
连接室内机和室外机
Connection of indoor unit and outdoor unit 连接室内机和室外机
Connection of indoor unit and outdoor unit
Leakage detection
保压检漏
under pressure
室内机Test run of
indoor unit
试运行检查
抽真空
Vacuuming
风量
Air flow and noise
level inspection
噪音检查追加制冷剂
Add refrigerant
打开阀门
Open the valve
机组调试
Commissioning of
complete unit
竣工图
As-built Drawing
交付使用说明书
Delivery of the Operating
Instructions
97
3 INSTALLATION OF OUTDOOR UNIT

3.1 Cautions for installation of side discharge outdoor unit
To ensure good operation of the air conditioner, the selection of installing position must be in accordance with the
following principles:
The outdoor unit shall be so installed that the air discharged out of the outdoor unit will not
flow back and that enough space shall be maintained around the machine for repair.
The installing position shall be in good ventilation, so that the machine can breathe and
exhaust enough air.
The installing position shall be strong enough to withstand the weight of outdoor unit and be
able to isolate the sound and absorb the vibration；Also ensure that the outlet air and noise
from the air conditioner will not affect the neighbors.
The outdoor unit must be lifted by using the designated lift hole. During lifting, take care to
protect the air conditioner and avoid knocking the metal parts, thus to prevent rusting in the
future.
Avoid direct sunshine as it might be.
The installing position must be able to drain the rainwater and the water generated from
defrosting.
The installing position must ensure that the machine will not be buried in the snow or affected
by the wastes or oil mist.
To meet the noise and vibration requirements, the outdoor unit shall be installed by using
rubber damping pad or spring damper.
The installing dimension shall comply with the installation requirements in these instructions.
The outdoor unit must be fixed at the installing position.
The installation shall be done by specialist technicians.
3.2 Selection of Installation Site

The place with no residual air
The place where the accessories can be securely fixed
The place where the air will not obstruct the water inlet pipe or water outlet pipe
The place that goes beyond the heating range of other heat sources
The place where the wastewater can be safely drained
The place where the noise and hot air will not affect the neighbors
The place where the snow will not be piled
The place where the water outlet pipe will not be blown by strong wind
Notes:
Do not use guardrail on four sides. Leave 1m at least above the machine.
In case of short-circuit risk, please install an adaptor changeable in air direction.
To avoid short circuiting, please provide adequate suction space when multiple machines are
to be installed.
In the region with snow, the machine shall be installed in a frame or beneath the snow guard,
thus to prevent snow piling on the machine.
Do not install the equipment in a region where any inflammable gas might leak.
﹡The snow guard and other devices shall be designed and installed by the user.
98
3.3 Dimensions Data

Appearance of GMV(L)-Pd100W/NaB-K,GMV(L)- Pd 120W/NaB-K,GMV(L)- Pd
140W/NaB-K,GMV(L)- Pd 160W/NaB-K
Unit:mm
Model A B C
GMV(L)- Pd100W/NaB-K 1100 340 1250
GMV(L)- Pd120W/NaB-K 1100 340 1250
GMV(L)- Pd140W/NaB-K 1100 340 1250
GMV(L)- Pd160W/NaB-K 1100 340 1250

3.4 Installation space requirements
① Clearance data of single unit - Installation space requirements
GMV(L)-Pd120W/NaB-K Unit Installation Space Dimension
Unit: mm
② Clearance data of multiple unit

★Arranged alongside on left and right
◆Air outlet side open
Unit: mm
300(150)or above
300(150)
或以上
99
◆ Obstructions on air outlet side

Unit: mm
300(150)
300(150)
or over
或以上
或以上over
500
500
or
★Arranged on front and back
300(200)
300（200）
1500 or over
1500或以上 1500 or over
1500或以上 or over
或以上
★ Arranged alongside left / right and front / back

Unit: mm
600(500)
或以上
600(500)
or over
★Arranged alongside on left and right

Unit: mm
100 or over
100
★Arranged by layer on upper and lower

Unit: mm
500 or above
200 or above
500 or above
Bench
Bench
101
4 INSTALLATION OF INDOOR UNIT

4.1 Duct Type
4.1.1 Selection of installation site
● The selection of the installation place of the air conditioner unit
The installation must accord with the national and local safe criterion.
Since the quality of installation would affect the operation directly, user should contact the
seller and have the conditioner installed and tested by the professional install personnel
according to the install instruction instead of install by himself/herself.
Only connect the power after all the installation works are finished.
● The selection of the installation place of the indoor unit

☆ Prevent direct sun burn.
☆ Make sure that the top steeve, ceiling, and the structure of the construction etc. is strong
enough to bear the weight of the unit.
☆ The drainage hose is easy to drain.
☆ The air flow is not blocked at the outlet and intake vents.
☆ The connecting pipe indoors and outdoors can be led to outside conveniently.
☆ The unit cannot be installed in the place where flammable or explosive thing is stored or the
place where there is leakage of flammable or explosive gas.
☆ The unit cannot be installed in the place where there is corrupt gas and serious dust, saline fog,
lampblack and high humidity.
Note！
The air conditioner unit installed in the following place may have malfunction, if it is
unpreventable please contact the Nominated Repair Center Of Gree Electric Appliances, Inc. Of
Zhuhai.
①the place with greasy all around; ②the seashore place with salinity and alkali; ③the place with
vulcanized gas( such as vulcanized hot spring); ④the place with high frequency equipment ( such
as wireless equipment, electric welding machine and medical treatment equipment);⑤the place
with special environment.
102
The following figure is applicable to the indoor units of

GMV(L)-R22P/Na-K,GMV(L)-R25P/Na-K,GMV(L)-R28P/Na-K,GMV(L)-R36P/Na-K
Electric box Nameplate
Liquid pipe Gas pipe
Rear air
return vent
Lower air return Drainage pipe
The following figure is applicable to the indoor units of GMV(L)-R45P/Na-K, GMV(L)-R50P/Na-K,

GMV(L)-R56P/Na-K,GMV(L)-R63P/Na-K,GMV(L)-R71P/Na-K,GMV(L)-R80P/Na-K,GMV(L)-R90P
/Na-K,GMV(L)-R112P/Na-K,GMV(L)-R125P/Na-K,GMV(L)-R140P/Na-K
103
Model A(mm) B(mm) C(mm) D(mm) E(mm) F(mm) G(mm)

GMV（L）-R45P/ Na-K 932 430 738 904 980 736 738
GMV（L）-R50P/ Na-K 932 430 738 904 980 736 738
GMV（L）-R56P/ Na-K 1112 420 918 1070 1155 756 1008
GMV（L）-R63P/ Na-K 1112 420 918 1070 1155 756 1008
GMV（L）-R71P/ Na-K 1112 420 918 1070 1155 756 1008
GMV（L）-R80P/ Na-K 1112 420 918 1070 1155 756 1008
GMV（L）-R90P/ Na-K 1382 420 1155 1340 1425 756 1278
GMV（L）-R112P/ Na-K 1382 420 1155 1340 1425 756 1278
GMV（L）-R125P/ Na-K 1382 420 1155 1340 1425 756 1278
GMV（L）-R140P/ Na-K 1382 420 1155 1340 1425 756 1278
H(mm J(mm Drainage hose

Model I(mm) Liquid pipe(inch) Gas pipe(inch)
) ) （Outer ×Inner）
GMV（L）-R45P/ Na-K 125 207 266 Φ1/4＂ Φ1/2＂ Φ30×Φ27
GMV（L）-R50P/ Na-K 125 207 266 Φ1/4＂ Φ1/2＂ Φ30×Φ27
GMV（L）-R56P/ Na-K 207 250 300 Φ3/8＂ Φ5/8＂ Φ30×Φ27
GMV（L）-R63P/ Na-K 207 250 300 Φ3/8＂ Φ5/8＂ Φ30×Φ27
GMV（L）-R71P/ Na-K 207 250 300 Φ3/8＂ Φ5/8＂ Φ30×Φ27
GMV（L）-R80P/ Na-K 207 250 300 Φ3/8＂ Φ5/8＂ Φ30×Φ27
GMV（L）-R90P/ Na-K 207 250 300 Φ3/8＂ Φ5/8＂ Φ30×Φ27
GMV（L）-R112P/
207 250 300 Φ3/8＂ Φ5/8＂ Φ30×Φ27
Na-K
GMV（L）-R125P/
207 250 300 Φ3/8＂ Φ5/8＂ Φ30×Φ27
Na-K
GMV（L）-R140P/
207 250 300 Φ3/8＂ Φ5/8＂ Φ30×Φ27
Na-K
104
The following figure is applicable to the indoor units of GMV（L）-R22P/NaB-K、GMV（L）

-R28P/NaB-K、GMV（L）-R36P/NaB-K、GMV（L）-R22PS/NaB-K、GMV（L）-R28PS/NaB-K、
GMV（L）-R36PS/NaB-K.
Fig.1
105
The following figure is applicable to the indoor units of GMV（L）-R45P/NaB-K、 GMV（L）-R56P/NaB-K、

GMV（L）-R71P/NaB-K、GMV（L）-R90P/NaB-K、GMV（L）-R112P/NaB-K、GMV（L）-R140P/NaB-K、GMV
（L）-R45PS/NaB-K、 GMV（L）-R56PS/NaB-K、GMV（L）-R71PS/NaB-K、GMV（L）-R90PS/NaB-K、GMV（L）
-R112PS/NaB-K、GMV（L）-R140PS/NaB-K.
Fig.2
1、Look into from air outlet vent, the wiring is in the left of the unit.
2、The method of wind circle can be selected to bottom back wind or rear back wing according to the
installation circumstance of the reality.
型号 A B C D E F G H I J
GMV(L)-R45P/NaB-K GMV(L)-R45PS/NaB-K 932 430 738 892 980 721 738 125 203 266
GMV(L)-R56P/NaB-K、GMV(L)-R71P/NaB-K
1114 420 918 1074 1155 736 1010 207 207 300
GMV(L)-R56PS/NaB-K、GMV(L)-R71PS/NaB-K
GMV(L)-R90P/NaB-K、GMV(L)-R112P/NaB-K
GMV(L)-R90PS/NaB-K、GMV(L)-R112PS/NaB-K 1382 420 1155 1340 1425 736 1280 207 250 300
GMV(L)-R140P/NaB-K 、 GMV(L)-R140PS/NaB-K
106
4.1.3 Installation space requirements
Nut with
washer
Nut spring
pad
4.1.4 Installation demonstration

① Selection of return air duct
5 4 5 3
Supply Supply air

Wind air
supply 2 Wind supply
Return air
4 6 1 Back wind
Return air 1
Back wind
Install the return air pipe (a) Install the return air pipe (b)
Install the back wind pipe (a) Install the back wind pipe(b)
No. Name No. Name

１ Return air inlet (with filter) 4 Indoor unit
２ Canvas air duct 5 Supply air duct
３ Return air duct 6 Test grill
② Installation of fresh air duct

1. When fresh air ductis needed to be connected, cut the fresh air baffle as shown in fig.8. Plug up
the gap of fresh air baffle by sponge if fresh air duct is not used.
2. Install the circle flange so that the fresh air duct can be connected as fig.9.
3. Well sealing and heat preservation should be done for both air duct and circle flange pipe.
4. Fresh air should be the air after filtrate treatment.
Cut off Round air duct

Fresh
Newair baffle
wind Circle wind pipe
Cut off
baffle
107
③ Installation of air supply duct
Ceiling hoisting
Return air
Back wind Supply air
Wind supply
Return air
Back wind
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6
Return air Ducted type Return air
Name Hoisting Supply air bent Air outlet
duct indoor unit inlet
Note：Fig.6 only shows the installation of back return air inlet.The bottom return air inlet can be
installed according to the back return air inlet. The supply air duct, which is rectangle or round, and
connected with the air inlet/outlet of the indoor unit, should keep open at least one. The round air
duct type should adopt round duct to transmit cold (hot) air to the room. The round air duct should
add a transitionary pipe, whose size should match with the size of supply air outlet of the unit. After
connecting the transitionary pipe, install the round air outlet connection pipe whose longest length
to each individual air outlet should not be over 10m. Ducted type indoor unit model 70 can share 3
trainsitional pipes, while model 100,120 can share 4. The transitional pipe, whose straight length is
200.Round air outlet connection pipe produced by our company, whose diameter is 200, can be
ordered separately as standard fittings. Model 50 and the model below it do not share the round air
vent. The following is the diagram for installation of round air duct.
Note:
1. The longest length of air duct means the general length of the supply air duct to the
farthest supply air outlet plus the general length of return air duct to the relative farthest
return air inlet.
2.To the unit with auxiliary heater, if the round air duct is need to connected, the straight
length of trainsitional air duct should not shorter than 200mm.
1
2
3
4
7
5 6
Number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Return air Ducted type Return air Transitionary Supply air Air outlet
Name Screw
duct indoor unit inlet pipe duct pipe
④ Setting hole for maintenance

After installation of hidden duct-type unit, manhole must be provided in ceiling on the electric box
side of the indoor unit. In respect to the manhole, the following points must be taken into
consideration:
For access, the manhole size shall be larger than 500mm×500mm.
The manhole must be at a possible easily accessible for repair of electric elements and pipe.
The return air inlet may also be used as manhole for repair of motor.
108
4.2 4-way cassett type Unit

Obstruct should put away from the inlet or outlet of the indoor unit so that the airflow can be blown
though all the room.
Make sure that the installation had accorded with the requirement of the schematic diagram of
installation spaces.
Select the place which can stand 4 times of the weight of the indoor unit and would not increase
the operating noise and oscillate.
The horizontal installation place should be guaranteed.
Select the place where easy drainage of condensated coagulated water, and easy connection with
outdoor unit.
Make sure that there are enough space for care and maintenance. Make sure that the distance
between the indoor unit and ground is above 1800mm.
When installing the steeve bolt, check if the installation place can stand the weight 4 times of the
unit’s. If not, reinforce before installation. (Refer to the installarion cardboard and find where
should be reinforced)
Note！
There will be lots of lampblack and dust sticked on the acentric, heat exchanger and water pump
in dining room and kitchen, which would reduce the capacity of heat exchanger, thus leading water
leakage and abnormal operation of the water pump. The following treatments should be taken
under this circumstance:
Ensure that the smoke trap above cooker has enough capacity to obviate lampblack to prevent the
indraft of the lampblack by the air conditioner.
Keep the air conditioner far from the kitchen so that the lampblack would not be drafted in by the
air conditioner.
Important notices:
To guarantee the good performance, the unit must be installed by professional personnel
according with this instruction.
Please contact the local authorized repair department of Gree before installation. Any malfunction
caused by the unit that is installed by unauthorized center would not be treated on time by the
inconvenience of the business contact.
109
4.2.2 Dimensions Data
GMV(L)-R140T/Na-K
GMV(L)-R125T/Na-K,GMV(L)-R112T/Na-K,GMV(L)-R100T/Na-K,GMV(L)-R90T/Na-K,GMV(L)-R8
0T/Na-K,GMV(L)-R71T/Na-K,GMV(L)-R63T/Na-K,GMV(L)-R56T/Na-K ,GMV(L)-R50T/Na-K,GMV
(L)-R45T/Na-K ,GMV(L)-R36T/Na-K,GMV(L)-R28T/Na-K
780(Gaps between hoisting screw rods) Refrigerant pipe

950(Decorated surface boards)
890*(Ceiling opening)
840( Indoor unit)
Hoisting screw(X4)
680(Gaps between hoisting screw rods)

840( Indoor unit)
890(Ceiling opening)
950(Decorated surface boards)
A
Package
Dimension Width (mm) Depth (mm) Height (mm)
Model
GMV(L)-R28T/Na-K 950 950 210
GMV(L)-R36T/Na-K 950 950 210
GMV(L)-R45T/Na-K 950 950 210
GMV(L)-R50T/Na-K 950 950 210
GMV(L)-R56T/Na-K 950 950 310
GMV(L)-R63T/Na-K 950 950 310
GMV(L)-R71T/Na-K 950 950 310
GMV(L)-R80T/Na-K 950 950 310
GMV(L)-R90T/Na-K 950 950 340
GMV(L)-R100T/Na-K 950 950 340
GMV(L)-R112T/Na-K 950 950 340
GMV(L)-R125T/Na-K 950 950 340
GMV(L)-R140T/Na-K 950 950 340
110
W a ll
s u rfa c e
>20
H
W a ll W a ll
s u rfa c e s u rfa c
≥ 1500
M odel H
G M V (L )-R 2 8 T /N a -K
≥ 1500 G M V (L )-R 3 6 T /N a -K 210
G M V (L )-R 4 5 T /N a -K
G M V (L )-R 5 0 T /N a -K
≥1800
G M V (L )-R 5 6 T /N a -K
G M V (L )-R 6 3 T /N a -K 260
G M V (L )-R 7 1 T /N a -K
G M V (L )-R 8 0 T /N a -K
u n it:m m G M V (L )-R 9 0 T /N a -K
G M V (L )-R 1 0 0 T /N a -K 340
G M V (L )-R 1 1 2 T /N a -K
G M V (L )-R 1 2 5 T /N a -K
G M V (L )-R 1 4 0 T /N a -K
G ro u n d
s u rfa c e

1 The primary step for installing the indoor unit.
☆ When attaching the hoisting stand on hoisting screw, do use nut and gasket individually at the
upper and lower of the hoisting stand to fix it. The use of gasket anchor board can prevent
gasket breaking off.
2 Use installation cardboard
☆ Please refer to the installation cardboard about the dimension of ceiling opening.
☆ The central mark of the ceiling opening is marked on the install cardboard.
☆ Install the installation cardboard on the unit by bolt (3 piece), and fix the angle of the drainage
hose at the outlet vent by bolt.
3 Adjust the unit to the suitable installing place. (Refer to the fig.2)
4 Check if the unit is horizontal.
☆ Inner drainage pump and bobber switch are included in the indoor unit. Check if 4 angles of
each unit are horizontal by water level. (If the unit is slant toward the opposite of the coagulate
water flow, there may be malfunction of the bobber switch and leading water drop.)
5 Remove the gasket anchor board used to prevent gasket breaking off and tighten the nut on it.
6 Remove the installation cardboard.
111
Nut (supplied at scene)
Gasket (attachment)
Insert
Hoisting stand
Gasket anchor board
Tighten (double nuts) (attachment)
[Fix the hoisting stand firmly] [Fix the gasket firmly]
Bolt of one of the angle of outlet pipe is fix

on the angle of the drainage slot
Center of the ceiling
opening Install cardboard
Water lever
Polyethylene pipe Bolt （attachment）
Bolt （attachment）
[Fix the install cardboard]
Note！
● Please do tighten the nuts and bolts to prevent air conditioner breaking off.
● Connect the refrigerant pipe
☆ When connecting the pipe to the unit or remove it from the unit, please do use both spanner
and torque wrench. as shown in fig.3.
☆ When smearing both inside and outside of the flare nut with antifreezing motor oil, screw it by
hand and then tighten it with spanner.
☆ Refer to form 1 to check if the wrench has been tightened (too tight would mangle the nut and
lead leakage).
☆ Examine the connection pipe for gas leakage, and then take the treatment of heat insulation, as
shown in the fig.3.
☆ Only use median sponge to entwine the wiring interface of the gas pipe and heat preservation
sheath of the gas collection pipe.
112
Smear freeze motoroil

here
Median sponge (attachment)
(entwine the wiring interface
with seal mat)
Thread fasten(x4)
Torque wrench
Heat preservation
sheath of liquid inlet
tube (attachment) (for
liquid tube)
Heat preservation
Spanner sheath of gas collection
Gas collection tube tube (attachment)(for
gas tube)
Liquid inlet tube
Wiring interface Fig.3
Flare nut
Form 1: The tightening torque needed for tightening nut

Diameter（Inch） Surface thickness（mm） Tightening torque (N.m)
Φ1/4’’ ≥0.5 15-30 (N·m)
Φ3/8’’ ≥0.71 30-40 (N·m)
Φ1/2’’ ≥1 45-50 (N·m)
Φ5/8’’ ≥1 60-65 (N·m)
Φ3/4’’ ≥1 70-75 (N·m)
● Drainage hose
1. Installing the drain hose
☆ The diameter of the drainage hose should be equal or bigger than the connection pipe’s. (The
diameter of polythene pipe: Outer diameter 25mm Surface thickness ≥1.5mm)
☆ Drainage hose should be short and drooping gradient should be at least 1/100 to prevent the
formation of air bubble.
☆ If drainage hose cannot has enough drooping gradient, drain raising pipe should be added.
☆ To prevent bent of the drain hose, the distance between hoisting stands should is 1 to 1.5m.
1-1.5m
○(Correct) 1/100 or more gradient × (wrong)

☆ Use the drainage hose and clamp attached. Insert the drainage hose to the drain vent, and then
tighten the clamp.
☆ Entwine the big sponge on the clamp of drainage hose to insulate heat.
☆ Heat insulation should be done to
Sponge(attachment)
indoor drainage hose.
Drain stepup pipe note
☆ The installation height of the drain Clamp Clamp(attachment)
raising pipe should less than 280mm.
☆ The drain raising pipe should form a
113
Sponge (gray) Drain hose Below 4mm
right angle with the unit, and distance to unit should not be beyond 300mm.
Roof
Hoisting stand
Within 300mm 1-1.5m below280mm
Drain hose
below500mm
Drain raising
.
hose
220mm
.
Ceiling Clamp(attachment)
Instruction
☆ The slant gradient of the attached drainage
hose should be within 75mm so that the drain D ra in h o s e (a tta c h m e n t)
below75mm
hole doesn’t has to endure the unnecessary
below500mm
outside force.
.
☆ Please install the drainage hose according to
the following process if several drain hoses
connected together.
T-tie in join drain hose
Above100mm
.
The specs of the selected join drain hose should fits the running capacity of the unit.
2 Check the smoothness of drain after installation.

☆ Check the drain state by immitting 600cc water slowly from the outlet or test hole.
☆ Check the drain in the state of refrigerating after installation of the electric circuit.
[Way of immiting]
Drain hose
Test hole cover
Drain vent for repair use (plastic
stopper is included) (drain the water
in waterspout by this outlet vent) Test hole
Above100mm < Immiting water from the rest hole>

.
Plastic water pot (The length of the

pipe should be about 100mm.)
<Immiting water from the outlet

vent terminal>
114
4.3 Floor Ceiling Type

Selection of Installation Location for Air Conditioner Unit
The installation of air conditioner unit must be in accordance with national and local safety
codes.
Installation quality will directly affect the normal use of air conditioner unit. The user is
prohibited from installation by himself. Please contact your dealer after buying this
machine. Professional installation workers will provide installation and test services
according to installation manual.
Do not connect to power until all installation work is completed.
● Selection of Installation Location
Such a place where cool air can be distributed throughout the room.
Such a place where is condensation water is easily drained out.
Such a place that can handle the weight of indoor unit.
Such a place, which has easy access for maintenance.
Such a place where easy connection with the outdoor unit is permitted.
Such a place which is 1m or more away from other electric appliances such as television, audio
device, etc.
Avoid a location where there is heat source, high humidity or inflammable gas.
Do not use the unit in the immediate surroundings of a laundry, a bath, a shower or a swimming
pool.
Be sure that the installation conforms to the installation dimension diagram.
● Caution for installation where air conditioner trouble is likely to occur
Where there is too much oil.
Where it is acid base area.
Where there is irregular electrical supply.
115
Installation dimensions Outline dimensions

Model
E D A B C
GMVL-R28Zd/Na-K
260 745 840 695 238
GMV-R28Zd/Na-K
GMVL-R36Zd/Na-K
260 745 840 695 238
GMV-R36Zd/Na-K
GM(L-R50Zd/Na-K
260 745 840 695 238
GMV-R50Zd/Na-K
GMVL-R71Zd/Na-K
260 1220 1300 600 188
GMV-R71Zd/Na-K
GMVL-R90Zd/Na-K
260 1500 1590 695 238
GMV-R90Zd/Na-K
GMVL-R112Zd/Na-K
260 1500 1590 695 238
GMV-R112Zd/Na-K
GMVL-R125Zd/Na-K
260 1500 1590 695 238
GMV-R125Zd/Na-K
116

The space around the unit is adequate for ventilation (Refer to Fig.1)
Fig.1
● There are 2 styles of installation
☆ Ceiling type
☆ Floor type
Each type is similar to the other as follows:
1. Determine the mounting position on ceiling or wall by using paper pattern to indicate indoor
frame. Mark the pattern and pull out the paper pattern. (Refer to Fig.2)
2. Remove the return grill, the side panel and the hanger bracket from the indoor unit as per
procedure bellow.
☆ Press the fixing knob of the return air inlet grills, the grilles will be opened wider and then pull
them out from the indoor.
☆ Remove the side panel fixing screw and pull to the front direction (arrow direction) to remove.
Side panel fixing screw (Refer to Fig.3).
☆ Loosen two hanger bracket setting bolts (M8) on eath side for less than 10mm. Remove two
hanger bracket fixing bolts (M6) on the rear side. Detach the hanger bracker by pulling it
backward (Refer to Fig.5).
Fig.2 Fig.3
117
3. Set the suspension bolt. (Use W3/8 or M10 size suspension bolts)
☆ Adjust the distance from the unit to the ceiling slab beforehand (Refer to Fig.4)
4. Fix the hanger bracket to the suspension bolt.
Warning！
☆ Make sure that extended suspension bolt from the ceiling stays inside the arrowed position.
Readjust the hanger bracket when it is outside the arrowed position. (Refer to Fig.6)
☆ Suspension bolt stays inside the cap of indoor unit. Never remove the cap.
5. Lift the unit and slide forward unit the dent. (Refer to Fig.7)
6. Screw tightly both hanger bracket-setting bolts (M8). (Refer to Fig.5)
7. Screw tightly both hanger bracket-fixing bolts (M6) to prevent the movement of the indoor unit.
(Refer to Fig.5)
8. Adjust the height so that rear side of the drainpipe slightly inclines to improve drainage.
Caution！
☆ Adjust the height by turning the nut with a spanner.
Insert the spanner from the hanger bracket opening. (Refer to Fig.8)
In case of hanging
It is possible to install using inward facing hanger brackets by not removing the brackets from the
indoor unit. (Refer to Fig.9)
Be sure to use only the specified accessories and parts for installation work.
118
119
4.4 Wall mounted type

B
A C
Remark :The appearance will be different according to the models.

GMV(L)-R22G/NaB-K GMV(L)-R28G/NaB-K GMV(L)-R36G/NaB-K GMV(L)-R45G/NaB-K
Model
GMV(L)-R22G/NaC-K GMV(L)-R28G/NaC-K GMV(L)-R36G/NaC-K GMV(L)-R45G/NaC-K
A(mm) 770 770 830 830
B(mm) 250 250 285 285
C(mm) 190 190 189 189
Model GMV(L)-R50G/NaB-K GMV(L)-R56G/NaB-K

A(mm) 1020 1020
B(mm) 310 310
C(mm) 228 228
Model GMV(L)-R71G/Na-K GMV(L)-R80G/Na-K

A(mm) 1178 1178
B(mm) 326 326
C(mm) 227 227
120

Schematic diagram of installation spaces
ceiling ceiling
>150
>150 >150
>3000 wall
>2000
unit:mm
ground ground
Important Notice:
The unit must be installed by the professional personnel according to this install instruction to
ensure the well use.
Please contact the local authorized repair department of Gree before installation. Any malfunction
caused by the unit that is installed by unauthorized center would not be treated on time by the
inconvenience of the business contact.
It should be guided under the professional personnel when the air conditioner unit is moved to
other place.
121
Fig.1
1. Find the horizontal position by seton method; since the drainage hose is on the left side,
adjust the rear panel to make its left side a little bit lower.
2. Fix the rear panel on the wall by bolt.
3. After installing the rear panel, pull it by hand to check if it is firm enough. The hang panel should
support the weight of an adult (60KG), and the weight shared by every bolt for steady should be
fairly even.
4. The diameter showed on the fig.1 is 65mm.
Installation the Wall Mounted Type indoor unit
☆ Make the piping hole (Φ65mm) in the wall at a slight downward slant to the outdoor side. The
center of the hole should be determined refer to Fig.1
☆ Insert the piping-hole sleeve into the hole to prevent the connected piping and wiring from being
damaged when passing through the hole.
● Install the drainage hose
For well draining, the drainage hose should be placed at
a downward slant. Wrenched
Bent
Do not wrench or bend the drainage hose or flood its
end bywater. (Fig.2)
☆ Wrap heat resistant material when connect the
longer drainage hose though indoor. Flooded
Fig .2
● Install the connection pipes
Connect the connection pipe with the two relative leading pipes, and tie the nut on tie –in of the
connect pipe tightly.
Note！
☆ Be careful in bending the connection pipes, or you will damage the pipes.
☆ If the tightening torque is too great in tightening the flare nut, leakage will happen.
4.5 1-way cassett type Unit

1. Obstruct should be away from the air intake or outlet vent of the indoor unit so that the
airflow blow all over the place of the room.
2. Make sure the installation of the indoor unit accords with the requirement for installation
dimension drawing.
3. Select the place which can withstand 4 times weight of the indoor unit and would not
increase the operating noise and shake.
122
4. The installation place should be horizontal.
5. Select the place, where coagulated water is easy to discharge and outside unit to be
connected.
6. Above 18000mm between the earth and indoor unit should be ensured for maintenance and
repair.
7. Use hoisting screw to check if the installation place can withstand 4 times weight of the units and
strengthen it before installing.
Important notice:
Drilling the hole of the ceiling and installing the units must be operated by
professionals
4.5.3 Clearance data
123
Fig 3
Hoisting the main body of the unit

1. Hoisting the main body
Attach the hoisting stand base to hoisting screw. In order to firm the hoisting stand
base, use nuts with washers on either end of it.(refer to Fig. 1)
2. Please refer to the dimension of ceiling opening on the cardboard for installation
● There is a mark for ceiling opening center on the cardboard.
● There is also a mark for main body center on the cardboard.
● Use screws to fix the installation cardboard on the unit. (refer to Fig.3)
3. Adjust the unit to right installation place.
4. Check if the unit is horizontal.
Inner drainage pump and bobber switch are installed in indoor unit. Check if every
side of the unit is horizontal by water lever. (If the unit slants to opposite direction
towards which coagulate water flows, it will bring malfunction to the bobber switch
and cause water drops. (refer to Fig.2)
5. Unscrew the screws on the cardboard, which can be used for installing front panel.
124
● Drainage pipe
1. Installing drainage pipe
The diameter of drainage pipe should be larger than that of connecting pipe. (Polythene pipe:
dimension: outer diameter 25mm wall thickness≥1.5mm)
● Drainage pipe should be as short as possible and drooping gradient at least 1/100 to avoid
the formation of air bubble.
● If drainage hose cannot have enough drooping gradient, drainage raising pipe should be
installed.
● In order not to bend the drainage hose, the distance between hoisting stands should be 1 to
1.5m..
● With accessory drainage hose and clamp, insert the drainage hose into the drainage faucet,
and then tighten the clamp.
● Entwine the clamp of drainage hose with the big sponge to isolate heat.
● Isolate heat for the outdoor drainage host.
Sponge (Gray) Drainage Hose

Notice for drainage raising pipe
● The installation height should be less than 280mm.
● A right angle should be formed by the drainage raising pipe and unit, which should not be
more than 300mm far from the unit.
125
Ceiling
Note：
● The gradient of the accessory drainage hose should be within 75mm so that the drainage
faucet need not endure extra outside force.
● If several drainage hoses join together, please install them according to the following
process.
The specs of the selected joint hose should fit the running capacity of the
units.
● Front panel body and installation

1.Take off the front panel from the panel body.
126
2. AS shown in Fig.4, install the panel body, and then tighten the screws according to the
sequences in the figures.
3 .As shown in Fig.5, install the panel on the panel ,and then turn it for fastening
4.6 cassette type indoor unit
Schematic diagram of installation spaces
Fig.1
● Select install location of the indoor unit

1. Obstruct should put away from the intake or outlet vent of the indoor unit so that the airflow can be
blown though all the room.
2. Make sure that the installation had accord with the requirement of the schematic diagram of installation
spaces.
3. Select the place where can stand 4 times of the weight of the indoor unit and would not increase the
operating noise and oscillate.
4. The horizontally of the installation place should be guaranteed.
5. Select the place where easy drain condensated coagulated water, and easy connect with outdoor unit.
127
6. Make sure that there are enough space for care and maintenance. Make sure that the weight between the
indoor unit and ground is above 1800mm.
7. When installing the steeve bolt, check if the install place can stand the weight 4 times of the unit’s. If not,
reinforce before installation. (Refer to the install cardboard and find where should be reinforced)
Note！
There will be lots of lampblack and dust stick on the acentric, heat exchanger and water pump in dining
room and kitchen, which would reduce the capacity of heat exchanger, lead water leakage and abnormal
operation of the water pump. The following treatment should be taken under this circumstance:
1. Ensure that the smoke trap above cooker has enough capacity to obviate lampblack to prevent the indraft
of the lampblack by the air conditioner.
2. Keep the air conditioner far from the kitchen so that the lampblack would not be indraft by the air
conditioner.
● Important notice:
☆ To guarantee the good performance, the unit must be installed by professional personnel according with
this instruction.
☆ Please contact the local Gree special nominated repair department before installation. Any malfunction
caused by the unit that is installed by the department that is not special nominated by Gree would not deal
with on time by the inconvenience of the business contact.
● Dimension of ceiling opening and location of the hoisting screw (M10)
128
Install dimension of mode

GMV（L）-R45T/ NaA-K 、GMV（L）-R36T/ NaA-K、GMV（L）-R28T/ NaA-K、GMV（L）-R22T/
NaA-K、
☆ The drilling of holes in the ceiling must be done by the professional personnel.
Installation stands for m ain body of the unit
(160)
Ceiling
Above 20
Fig.2
Notes: The dimension for the ceiling openings with * marks can be as large as 910mm. But
the overlapping sections of the ceiling and the decorated surface boards should be maintained
at no less than 20mm.
● Main body of hoisting air conditioner

1 The primary step for install the indoor unit.
129
☆ When attach the hoisting stand on hoisting screw, do use nut and gasket individually at the upper and
lower of the hoisting stand to fix it. The use of gasket anchor board can prevent gasket break off.
2 Use install cardboard
☆ Please refer to the install cardboard about the dimension of ceiling opening.
☆ The central mark of the ceiling opening is marked on the install cardboard.
☆ Install the install cardboard on the unit by bolt (3 piece), and fix the angle of the drainage pipe at the
outlet vent by bolt.
3 Adjust the unit to the suitable install place. (Refer to the fig.2)
4 Check if the unit is horizontal.
☆ Inner drainage pump and bobber switch are included in the indoor unit, check if 4 angle of every unit are
horizontal by water lever. (If the unit is slant toward the opposite of the coagulate water flow, there may be
malfunction of the bobber switch and lead water drop.)
5 Backout the gasket anchor board used to prevent gasket break off and tighten the nut on it.
6 Backout the install cardboard.
Nut (supplied at scene)
Gasket (attachment)
Insert
Hoisting stand
Gasket anchor board
Tighten (double nuts) (attachment)
[Fix the hoisting stand firmly] [Fix the gasket firmly]
Bolt of one of the angle of outlet pipe is fix

on the angle of the drainage slot
Center of the ceiling
opening Install cardboard
Water lever
Polyethylene pipe Bolt （attachment）
[Fix the install cardboard]
Note！
● Please do tighten the nuts and bolts to prevent air conditioner break off.
● Connect the refrigerant pipe

☆ When connect the pipe to the unit or backout it from the unit, please do use both spanner and torque
130
wrench. as shown in fig.3.

☆ When connect, smear both inside and outside of the flare nut with freeze motor oil, screw it by hand and
then tighten it with spanner.
☆ Refer to form 1 to check if the wrench had been tightened (too tight would mangle the nut and lead
leakage).
☆ Examine the connection pipe to see if it had gas leakage, then take the treatment of heat insulation, as
shown in the fig.3.
☆ Only use median sponge to entwine the wiring interface of the gas pipe and heat preservation sheath of
the gas collection tube.
Smear freeze motoroil

here
Median sponge (attachment)
(entwine the wiring interface
with seal mat)
Thread fasten(x4)
Torque wrench
Heat preservation
sheath of liquid inlet
tube (attachment) (for
liquid tube)
Heat preservation
Spanner sheath of gas collection
Gas collection tube tube (attachment)(for
gas tube)
Liquid inlet tube
Wiring interface Fig.3
Flare nut
Form 1: The tightening torque needed for tightening nut

Diameter（Inch） Surface thickness（mm） Tightening torque (N.m)
φ1/4’’ ≥0.5 15-30 (N・m)
φ3/8’’ ≥0.71 30-40 (N・m)
φ1/2’’ ≥1 45-50 (N・m)
φ5/8’’ ≥1 60-65 (N・m)
φ3/4’’ ≥1 70-75 (N・m)
● Drainage hose
1. Install the drain hose
131
☆ The diameter of the drain hose should be equal or bigger than the connection pipe’s. ( The diameter of
polythene pipe: Outer diameter 25mm Surface thickness ≥1.5mm)
☆ Drain hose should be short and drooping gradient should at less 1/100 to prevent the formation of air
bubble.
☆ If drain hose cannot has enough drooping gradient, drain raising pipe should be added.
☆ To prevent bent of the drain hose, the distance between hoisting stand should is 1 to 1.5m.
1-1.5m
○(Correct) 1/100 or more gradient × (wrong)
☆ Use the drain hose and clamp attached. Insert the drain Sponge(attachment)
hose to the drain vent, and then tighten the clamp.

Clamp Clamp(attachment)
☆ Entwine the big sponge on the clamp of drain hose to
insulate heat.
☆ Heat insulation should be done to indoor drain hose.
Drain stepup pipe note Sponge (gray) Drain hose Below 4mm
☆ The install height of the drain raising pipe should less

than 280mm.
☆ The drain raising pipe should form a right angle with the unit, and distance to unit should not beyond
300mm.
Roof
Hoisting stand
Within 300mm 1-1.5m below280mm
Drain hose
below500mm
Drain raising
.
hose
220mm
.
Ceiling Clamp(attachment)
Instruction
☆ The slant gradient of the attached drain hose should be within 75mm so that the drain hole doesn’t has to
endure the unnecessary outside force.
132
☆ Please install the drain hose according to the following process if several drain hoses join together.
D ra in h o s e (a tta c h m e n t)
below75mm
below500mm
.
T-tie in join drain hose
Above100mm
.
The specs of the selected join drain hose should fits the running capacity of the unit.
2 Check the smoothness of drain after installation.

☆ Check the drain state by immitting 600cc water slowly from the outlet vent or test hole.
☆ Check the drain in the state of refrigerating after installation of the electric circuit.
● Electrical wiring
Note: The power of the entire indoor unit must be unity power supply
☆ About the electrical wiring, please see the circuit diagram attached with the unit.
☆ All the installation of electrical wiring must be done by professional personnel.
☆ Please do take the earthing treatment.
Wiring method of connection unit and controller
☆ Connection wiring (communication)：
① Open electric box cover, drag the wiring (communication)from the rubber plug A, and impact them well
individually by impact fastener.
② Wiring according to the indoor side circuit diagram.
☆ Fix the impact fastener after connection.
☆ Entwine the small sponge on the electric wire ( do entwine it to prevent condensation)
☆ Impact tightly by impact fastener after connection and then fit on the electric box.
☆ Connect the 3 cord rubber wire to the counter terminal of the 3 way terminal board.
L
L
N
power supply
N
3 way terminal board

3 core rubber wire
3 core rubber wire Impact fastener
● Function description of functional dial switch S7

1． The 3-bit dial switch must be set before energizing the main board and it determines running state of
indoor unit.
133
2． Function of it is as follow:
Dial switch
Function Dial ON Dial OFF
Silk screen
Selection of memory mode:
Standby
A：Selection between reset mode and standby mode after Reset after
1（S / R） after
energizing energizing
energizing
Selection between manual controller and receiver
Selecting Selecting
A：If manual controller is selected, remote-control function of
2（L / I） wired receiver
receiver will be shielded.
controller joint
B：If receiver is selected, wired controller will be non-effective.
Setting of main and slave indoor units
Main indoor Slave
3（M / S） A：For resolution of conflict among the modes.
unit indoor unit
● Install the panel

1. Set the panel to the indoor unit body by matching the position of the swing flap motor of the panel to the
piping position of the panel to the piping position of the indoor unit as shown by fig.4.
134
2. Install the panel

① Screw the 4 hexagon head screws under the latches in about 15mm. (The panel would rise)
② Adjust the panel by turning it toward the direction pointed by the arrow as shown in fig.4, so that
the adjust board connect the ceiling well.
③ Tighten the screws until the thickness of the sealing material between panel and indoor unit
reduced to 5-8mm.
Piping position
Swing flap motor
① Bolt （attachment）
Indoor unit Sealing material

Ceiling
5mm to 8mm
.
Air outlet vent ③

Decoration panel
Fig 4
Note
1. Improper screwing of the screws may cause the troubles shown in fig.5.
135
Air leak
Air leak from ceiling
Water condensatation, water drop
Fig.5
2. If gap still exist between ceiling and decoration panel after tightening
the screws, readjust the height of the indoor unit. (As shown in fig.6)
If the raising lever and drain hose are
not affect, can adjust the height of
indoor unit by the hole on the corner
of panel.
Gaps are not allowed
Fig.6
※ After fixing, be sure no gap left between the ceiling and the panel.
3. Wiring of the decoration panel (Fig.7)
☆ Connect the joints for swing flap motor lead wire (at 2 places) installed on the panel.
At body At pane
At body At pane
Fig.7
136
Drainage equipment (inside type)

Discharge condensate water from
indoor unit when cooling
Drainage hose
Guide louver
(placed in air
outlet vent)
Air outlet vent Connecting pipe

Air filter, purifier (in
air inlet grille)
Air inlet grille
Fig.8
GMV-R22T/NaA-K GMVL-R22T/ NaA-K

137
5 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS OF REFRIGERANT PIPING

5.1 Specification of refrigerant pipe
R410a refrigerant system
External External
Thickness(mm) Thickness(mm)
Diameter(mm/inch) Diameter(mm/inch)
φ6.35 ≥0.8 φ22.2 ≥1.5
φ9.52 ≥0.8 φ25.4 ≥1.5
φ12.7 ≥1 φ28.6 ≥1.5
φ15.9 ≥1 φ34.9 ≥1.5
φ19.05 ≥1
5.2 Allowable Length and Height Differences of the Refrigerant Piping between the Indoor and Outdoor
Units
Allowable Value
Pipe
100,120,140,160
Total Length (Actual Length) of Pipes 150m L1+L2+L3+a+b++c+d
Actual Length 70m
Length of farthest pipe (m) L1+L2+L3+d
Equivalent Length 80m
Length of pipe from the 1st manifold to the farthest indoor unit 25m L2+L3+d
Height difference between Outdoor unit on upper 30m ——

indoor unit and outdoor unit Outdoor unit at lower 25m ——
Height difference between indoor unit and outdoor unit 10m ——
5.3 Size of Connection Pipe

5.3.1 The size of the pipe (main pipe) from the outdoor unit to the 1st manifold is same as the size
of outdoor pipe.
Size of Outdoor Pipe
Model GMV(L)-Pd100 GMV(L)-Pd120 GMV(L)-Pd140 GMV(L)-Pd160

Item W/NaB-K W/NaB-K W/NaB-K W/NaB-K
Liquid
mm φ9.52 φ9.52 φ9.52 φ9.52
pipe
Connection
Air pipe mm φ15.9 φ15.9 φ15.9 φ19.05
Pipe
Connection
Flared connection
mode
Note: If the equivalent length of total t pipe exceeds 90m, the fitting pipe on gas side and liquid
side shall be increased of one dimension.
5.3.2 The size of the pipe (branch pipe) between the manifolds is selected according to the
capacity of downstream indoor unit to be connected (See Table below). If exceeding the capacity
of outdoor unit, the capacity of outdoor unit will prevail.If exceeding the capacity of outdoor unit,
the capacity of outdoor unit will prevail.
Total capacity of indoor units Air pipe Liquid pipe
C≤50 φ12.7 φ6.35
50<C≤140 φ15.9 φ9.52
138
140<C≤180 φ19.05 φ9.52

5.3.3 The size of the pipe (indoor pipe) between manifold and indoor unit is same as the size of
indoor pipe (See Table below) (If the distance from the first branch to one indoor unit is over 30m,
the air pipe and the liquid pipe from the 1st branch to this indoor unit shall be increased by one
level).
Capacity of Indoor Unit Air pipe Liquid pipe
22,25,28 type φ9.52 φ6.35
32,36,40,45,50 type φ12.7 φ6.35
40,45,50 type φ12.7 φ9.52
56,63,71,80,90,100,112,125,140
φ15.9 φ9.52
type
Note: When the capacity of indoor unit is less than 5KW, if the distance from the nearest manifold
to the indoor unit exceeds 10m, the fitting pipe on liquid side of the pipe shall be increased of one
dimension.
139
6 INSTALLATION OF REFRIGERANT PIPING

6.1 Flow Chart of Installation
Installation of
indoor unit
Fabrication according to
piping design dimension
Installation of
connection pipes
Expel with nitrogen
Welding
Purge
Airtight test
Vacuuming and
drying
6.2 Three Principles of Refrigerant Piping Installation

Keep to the three principles of refrigerant piping:
Key Factors Measures to Avoid Failure
Dry z Invasion of outside water Fabrication of
fitting pipe Purge Vacuuming and
Example: Rainwater, engineering
drying
water
z Invasion of indoor condensate
Clean z Formation of oxides inside the Expel with nitrogen 0.05～0.3Mpa
pipe during welding
z Invasion of dust and foreign Purge
articles from outside
Fabrication of
fitting pipe
Airtight z Incomplete welding

z Leakage from flared port Use suitable materials
(copper tube, soldering bar)
Airtight test
z Leakage from edge

Observe the basic
welding procedures.
Observe the basic operations
for flaring of fitting pipe
Observe the basic
interfacing procedures
140
6.3 Installation of Metal Embedded Pipe

Work Order
Metal Embedding Installation of Metal

Diagram Plotting Embedded Parts
Plot the line on ground if possible and use laser to project it onto the roof. This is quick and
correct.
Advance Installation of Metal Embedded Parts
Please select according to local codes.
Subsequent Installation of Expansion Bolts
In case that the metal embedded parts cannot be used due to design change, the expansion
bolts may be used.
Subsequent Installation of Expansion Bolts
● The foot pedal shall be supported on three points if exceeding 2m.
The foot pedal must be fixed securely to the ladder.
● Please do not work on the top of ladder.
6.4 Installation of Carriage of Refrigerant pipin

1) Fixing of horizontal pipe
1）Fixing of horizontal pipe
The refrigerant pipe will extend and shrink with each start or stop of the air conditioner unit
(5~10 times / hour). Under a temperature difference of 80℃, this extension may reach 13.84mm
for every 10m. To prevent failure, the pipes must be reinforced as follows.
Spacing between supports
Outer diameter of pipe (mm) 6.35-8.52 Over 12.7
Spacing between supports (m) Below 1.2 Below 1.2
Note: If the gas pipe and liquid pipe are suspended together, the size of liquid pipe shall
prevail.
CAUTION:
Never let the pipe in direct contact with the fixing metal parts. Thermal insulation shall be
provided around the fixing metal parts; otherwise, condensing will occur.
2）Fixing of vertical pipe
The vertical pipe may be fixed by using the commodity tools in market or self-made tools. As
above, the fixing point shall also be thermally insulated.
3）Fixing of other points
Measures shall be taken to prevent the extension or shrinkage of pipes from causing excessive
loads to some positions, machine joint and waterproof points. Generally, such positions refer to
the branch pipe joint, pipe ends, four sides of indoor unit and wall-cross hole.
141
6.5 Management and Machining of Refrigerant Piping

1）Storage
After receiving the refrigerant pipe and other components, do not move them to the storage until
confirming that they have no deformation, bend, crack or damage.
The pipe end must be sealed to prevent the invasion of moisture or wastes.
The copper pipe with coating may become deformed under the compression of the coating
material, so that the coils shall be placed upright.
To avoid the invasion of moisture or wastes, a support higher than the ground must be built by
using woods.
Care of pipe end during construction
The pipe ends must be well cared during construction. According to the working position, work
progress and surrounding environment, the most effective way is to seal the end and wrap with
adhesive tape.
Sealing method
Clamp the pipe end and weld on it.
Clamp the pipe end to flat and weld on the clearance. Then, charge nitrogen 2～
2
5kgf/cm . This will be more effective.
Method for wrapping with adhesive tape
Seal the pipe end with ethylene tape.
2）Coil unwinding
CAUTION:
When unwinding the coil, take care not to drag it on the ground. The coil shall be slowly unwound
on ground without any twisting. In case of excessive compression by any hard object during
unwinding, the thermal insulation materials may be damaged and cannot be recovered, which will
deteriorate the performance of thermal insulation. Do not unwind carelessly. Otherwise, the fitting
pipe might be flattened.
The copper pipe shall be rounded if the pipe end is deformed.
(The higher the size, the higher the possible deformation)
3）Measuring of pipe
(To reduce the resistance and length of copper pipe), the dimension of main refrigerant pipe shall
be so taken that the bends shall be minimized, the radius of bend section shall be increased and
the upstream and downstream section shall be reduced. Use the method that can reduce the
actual length and equivalent length of the copper pipe.
Sometimes the connection pipe of indoor unit must be adjusted due to the relation with
accessories, drainage hose and connection surface. Therefore, a fairly marginal dimension
shall be taken.
142
4）Cut·Chamfer
Cut
Cut vertically to axis direction by using special pipe cutter that is suitable to the dimension of
copper pipe (big, medium, small).
During operation, press and rotate the pipe cutter slowly and cut off the copper pipe without
causing any deformation.
Never use saw or grinding wheel, because the copper scraps may be left inside the pipe. Even use
of such tools once will make all works scrapped. It is useless no matter how good the quality of
other works. It is best that all operators shall have one pipe cutter and at least one pipe cutter of
big dimension shall be provided on site.
CAUTION:
To prevent the invasion of water or waste, avoid placing the copper pipe directly on ground.
Chamfer
Burrs may occur on the cutting face of copper pipe and must be removed. Meanwhile, purge the
foreign articles out of the pipe and refinish the pipe end.]
● Use scraper or other tools to remove the burrs on inner side.
(To prevent copper scraps from falling into the pipe, please keep the pipe end downward during
operation).
● If the pipe end is obviously deformed, please cut and throw it off, and then refinish the pipe end.
● Eliminate the copper scraps thoroughly, and use cotton yarn to wipe the pipe clean.
※ The flared joint must be kept smooth.
※ When removing the burrs with scraper, do not remove too much, especially for the fitting pipe of
small diameter; otherwise the contact surface of the flared joint will be reduced. Do not cause any
scores, and avoid cracking after the flared joint is formed.
※ Adverse impact if the burrs are removed too much with scraper:
143
Too much eliminated
The contact face

becomes small
Flared nut
5）Pipe bending
◆ Work Methods:
Bend by hand ………………………..Suitable to fine copper pipe (φ6.35mm-φ12.7mm).
Machining with spring pipe bender …….. Bend by inserting the spring into copper pipe or
sheathing onto the copper pipe (φ6.35mm-φ22.2mm).
Machining with hand-operated pipe bender……Use the pipe bender of suitable dimension
(φ6.35mm-φ22.2mm).
Machining with electric pipe bender (hydraulic)……Suitable for mass machining of fine and coarse
fitting pipes (φ6.35mm-φ69.9mm).
Advantages
Decrease the weld joint, thus reduce the possibility of leakage and oxidization.
For example:
It can decrease the weld by 8 spots. Please act now to improve the quality.
※ No joint is required, which will save the material costs. Reduced waste of fitting pipe materials.
※ Reduced resistance in the fitting pipe. The bending radius higher than the pipe joint.
◆CAUTIONS
※ During bending, there shall be no wrinkling or deformation on the inner side of the copper pipe.
※Spring pipe bend
※ The bender inserted into the copper pipe must be cleaned.
※ Do not bend over 90º. (Otherwise, wrinkling may be formed on the inner side of copper pipe
and in the future, the copper pipe will be broken from this position.)
144
Steel pipe
Jacketed bender
Inner side wrinkled

and deformed
Bent, with fissure
occurring on this side
Section
The copper pipe might be

deformed even if it is not bent
Correct section
Bend section
6）Flaring
The flaring refers to expansion of pipe opening. The copper pipe is inserted here to replace the
casing pipe. In this way, it is only needed to weld on one position where the pipe is expanded.
Welding
145
6.6 Installation of Refrigerant Piping

1）Precautions on piping works
At the site of transport, storage and construction, the two ends of copper pipes shall be sealed
with plastic sealing caps. Before welding, copper pipes must be cleaned (washing the inner side
of pipe with alcohol) to ensure no dust and no water in pipeline.
Nitrogen-filled welding shall be used for the welding of copper pipes. Nitrogen pressure shall be
0.05～0.3MPa. Nitrogen flow can be sensed by hand.
When multiple multi-connected units are installed, refrigerant piping must be marked to avoid
confusion between pipes of different units.
A two-way drier shall be mounted at the liquid pipe side at the place where an outdoor unit is
connected.
2）Assemble copper pipes
The copper pipe shall be vertically inserted to the specified length. The centerline of two
assemblies shall overlap. The position shall be determined for welding. To ensure correct
mounting size, do not determine the position with your hands, thus to prevent the copper pipe
from moving when heated.
See below for the welding size of copper pipe:
Outer diameter of pipe D Min. insert depth B
Clearance A-D
(mm) (mm)
φ6.35 6
0.05～0.21
φ9.52, φ12.7 7
φ15.8 8
0.05～0.27
A
φ19.05, φ22.2, φ25.4 10

φ28.6, φ31.8 12
0.05～0.35
≥φ35 14
If the mounting clearance is too large, the diameter of coarse pipe may be reduced to an
appropriate value to according to applicable specifications.
3）Installation of branch pipe
The branch pipe plays the function to divert the refrigerant flow. Therefore, the selection and
installation of branch pipe is very important to the operation of multi-unit. Based on correct
selection of branch pipe, the branch pipe must be installed according to installation specifications.
Connection schematics for Y-type branch pipe
The connection of Y-type branch pipe is as shown below. The inlet is connected to outdoor unit or
previous branch; the outlet is connected to indoor unit or next branch.
To other manifold
pipe or indoor unit
Outlet 1
Site pipe Inlet
Outlet 2 Site pipe
Outdoor Unit Y-type Manifold

Pipe
146
Installation specifications for branch pipe

Placement of branch pipe
The branch pipe can only placed horizontally. Meanwhile, two branch pipes must be on the same
plane. The spacing between two branch pipes must be over 800mm, the spacing between two
bends must be over 800mm, and the spacing between branch pipe and bend point must also be
over 800mm.
Within 30°
Within 30°
A-A Schematics B-B Schematics
Connection of branch pipe

The Y-type branch pipe is installed with additional tube. The purpose is to adjust the different pipe
diameters. If the pipe size selected on site is different from the size of branch connector, please
use the pipe cutter to cut from the middle of different connection pipes and remove the burrs.
Then, insert the copper pipe to appropriate depth. The branch pipes from Gree are all provided
with positioning mark.
Branch pipe
Copper pipe
Cut from the middle of copper

pipe as needed
The connection method that copper pipe is in couple with a smaller branch pipe shall not be used:
147
Copper pipe Branch pipe
Correct connection
Wrong connection
Copper pipe shall not be inserted too much for connection with branch pipe:
Copper pipe Branch pipe
Correct connection
Wrong connection
6.7 Welding of Copper Pipe

1）Braze welding
Materials for braze welding
There are two kinds of braze welding, soft braze welding and hard braze welding. Hard braze
welding is required in this case.
Selection of braze welding
Red copper + red copper：brazing filler metal is Bcu93P（GB 6418），and welding flux is not needed.
Flame flux: capable of preventing the surface of copper pipes from oxidation, recommended for
use
Temperature for braze welding：820-860℃ (copper pipe becomes light red)
2）Safety acknowledgement before operation
a. Roll calling of construction personnel and confirmation on their health status.
b. Acknowledgement on work suits（helmets, clothes, safety bags and safety shoes）
c. Description of work location and environment
d. Job division shall be made. Job content, method and order shall be indicated. Risk prediction
activities shall be performed.
e. “Construction Schedule” shall be worked out.
f. Head of each group shall be assigned.
g. Risks of occurrence of an accident such as electric shock or fire shall be indicated.
148
h. Instructions on how to use electric machinery properly shall be available.

i. Locations marked with “Staff Only” shall be indicated.
j. An application is necessary for use of open flame and shall be reviewed by on-site safety officer
for approval.
k. Instructions given by fire authorities shall be accepted in accordance with local laws and
regulations.
l. Tools shall be sorted and counted. Upon knocking off for the day, tools shall be sorted and
counted. If necessary, the piping system shall be charged with coolant to avoid exhaustion.
3）Attention
a. Construction personnel must have relevant operation qualification.
Flame operation must be undertaken by qualified persons in accordance with local laws and
regulations.
b. Wear coveralls (cotton for the best), safety shoes, safety helmet, leather gloves, protective
goggles and anti-dust mask.
Welding torch with back fire arrestor shall be used to ensure safety.
c. Take care not to be burned by flame and heating parts.
d. Gas cylinder shall be handled carefully to prevent leakage.
e. Combustible substances in the surrounding areas shall be moved away. If movement is
impossible, fire proofing treatment shall be taken properly, such as being covered by flame-proof
enclosure.
f. Good ventilation is necessary to avoid breathe in of harmful gas.
g. Appropriate measures shall be taken if there is a safety problem.
h. Operation on connectors of branch pipes as well as on the surrounding of pipe ends shall be
performed on the ground as possible, because heating is difficult to control at a high place and
welded part of a branch pipe is prone to be melted to cause leakage.
For example:
Weld the pipe approx. 1m before and
behind the reflared position, and wrap
with thernal insulation materials. Then,
ld hi h iti
Approx. 1m Approx. 1m
i. To avoid the position difficult to weld, you may add a prefabricated assembly below.
Drainage pipe
Difficult to weld at
this position
149
4）Operation order
Basic procedures for welding:
Assemble copper
pipes
Cleaning
Check whether clearance

is proper.
Fill nitrogen N2
Nitrogen pressure 0.05-0.3Mpa 0.5±0.1kgf/cm2
Welding flux Welding heating

Acknowledge
welding flux
Add welding flux
Cooling, continue to fill nitrogen

for over 10s
Shut off nitrogen
Make visual inspection to

the weld quality
a. Cleaning of portions for braze welding

Polishing……………………Removing metal materials at connection portion. (Removing oxidation
film using non-woven fabric, abrasive cloth or abrasive paper)
Ungrease……………………If any oil stain is existent, acetone or spirit solvent shall be used for
ungrease treatment.
At the same time, compressed air at 0.8MPa (gauge pressure) shall be used for cleaning. The
cleaning shall be repeated not less than 3 times, until there is no dirt discharged.
b. Check whether clearance between pipe and connector is proper.
Put the connector into the pipe and face downward. If the connector does not fall down depending
on friction force, the clearance is considered proper.
c. Nitrogen-filled protection
● Since vigorous oxidation would occur on the surface of copper pipe at braze welding
temperature, to effectively restrain the generation of oxide coating in copper pipe, nitrogen-filled
protection for copper pipe is necessary.
● After copper pipes are assembled, nitrogen shall be filled in copper pipe connectors.
● Method for charging nitrogen into copper pipe
Nitrogen charging method：
Pressure is 0.05~0.3MPa. Nitrogen flow of 4~6L/min (gas flow can be sensed by hand) shall be
guaranteed to charge in work pieces.
150
After assembling, nitrogen begins to charge until welding is finished and will continue over
10s during cooling after welding.
※ Main points of nitrogen charge（See the drawing below）
◆ When nitrogen is charged, the press switch on the quick connector and inflator shall be
closed to let nitrogen totally filled in the pipe.
◆ Make sure nitrogen reaches all welding connectors in order to effectively discharge air.
◆ A vent port must be available when nitrogen charge is continuously performed, or otherwise
gas would escape from gap around connector, making welding stuffing difficult and prone to
pores.
Places requiring protection

焊接需保护处
during welding
Nitrogen charge
充氮管pipe Copper
铜管 pipe 铜管
Copper pipe
Nitrogen N2
氮气(N2) Vent port
出气口
d. Welding heating
Notes:
● Braze welding is flame hard braze welding. Relevant safety operating regulations must be
abided by.
● Confirm that nitrogen is flowing through before copper pipe is heated.
● Neutral flame or slightly reducing flame shall be used for red copper braze welding. Outer
flame is normally used. Copper pipe connectors shall be heated uniformly. Take care to
distribute heat in terms of dimension of pipe material. Generally, insert pipe shall be
preheated at first for close matching and then swayed along length of connector to make it
heated uniformly until braze welding temperature is approached; then copper pipe is heated
circularly to reach braze welding temperature (copper pipe becomes light red) and at the
same time brazing filler metal is added circularly to fill in the clearance around the connector
uniformly; and afterwards, the welding torch is slowly moved away from the pipe and a small
amount of brazing filler metal continues to be filled in until smooth fillet is formed.
● During heating, welding rod shall not be burned directly by flame. Heating time shall not be
very long.
● During welding, flame shall be controlled well on its direction and kept away from rubber
casing, sponge and cables.
e. Post-welding treatment（cooling）
● After welding, in the condition of nitrogen protection available, the connector shall be heated
until the copper pipe changes color (200-300℃), i.e. annealing treatment.
● Before welding seam becomes completely solidified, welded pieces shall not be moved or
shocked.
● For welded piece cooled by water, take care not to let water enter into copper pipe and try to
prevent residue water flowing into the pipe when welded piece is laid aside.
f. Quality and inspection of braze welding
151
Welding seam should have smooth surface. Fiilet should be even and full with natural arc
transition. Braze welding connector should be free from defects such as over-burning, welding
blockage, crack, rough surface of welding seam and burning through. Welding seam should be
free from defects such as pore, slag inclusion, underfill, rosin joint and overlap.
Weld spot
5）Others
◆ When braze welding is to be performed underneath, a simple support shall be built, such as
two ladders.
◆Braze welding shall be easy to operate downward or in transverse direction. In upward

operation, brazing filler metal is prone to fall so that high skills are required.
152
Solder Solder
Weld torch
Weld torch
Solder
Transverse
Weld torch
Upward
Downward
◆Cooling
To avoid getting a burn in following processes, common wet cloth (humidity content is low,
meaning that there shall not be water drips when welded part is cooled; and because shrinkage
factor of copper is different from that of welding material, too quick cooling that would cause
cracking of braze welding shall be avoided) can be used for cooling welded parts.
◆The following items shall be checked after welding is completed
● Is there any pore or hole on welded part?
● Is there evident “sagging of brazing filler metal”?
6.8 Cleaning of Refrigerant Piping

After a section of pipeline is welded, cleaning of piping is necessary.
Nitrogen pressure is utilized to remove foreign matters (such as dust, water and beryllium oxide
caused by welding) in the piping.
1）Main purposes of cleaning are as follows：
To eliminate oxide caused by insufficiency of nitrogen-filled protection during pipe welding.
To remove foreign substances and water that may enter the piping due to improper storage and
transport.
To check whether big leakage is existent at connections of the piping between indoor unit and
outdoor unit
153
2）Cleaning steps：
a. Mount a pressure gauge on nitrogen cylinder;
Nitrogen bottle
Indoor unit A outdoor unit B
Liquid pipe
Outdoor side
The opening of the pipe not to be purged

Air pipe
shall be blocked with blind plug.
b. High pressure end of the pressure gauge is connected to the refrigerant filling nozzle of the
small pipe (liquid pipe)
c. All copper pipe ports outside the A side of indoor unit shall be blocked by blanking plugs.
Copper pipe Blanking plug
Block with insulation materials
Copper pipe ports not to be

cleaned shall be blocked by
blanking plugs Quick release
Cleaning process
d. The valve on nitrogen cylinder shall be opened to maintain pressure at 28Kgf/ cm2
e. Check whether nitrogen flows through the liquid pipe of indoor unit A
f. Cleaning
The mouth of the pipe shall be blocked with insulation material held by hand until pressure rises to
a level difficult to be withstood, and at the moment the insulation material shall be released quickly.
And then the mouth shall be blocked again. Repeat such procedures several times. Afterwards,
use a wood board posted with white paper to check it. If there is not evident dirt on the white paper,
the pipe will be considered clean.
g. Shut off the main valve of nitrogen
h. Repeat the above procedures on indoor unit B
i. After cleaning of liquid pipe, gas pipe shall be cleaned in the same way.
154
6.9 Pressure Maintaining and Leak Hunting

1）Pressure maintaining of refrigerant piping
After refrigerant piping of a system is welded
A refrigerant filling nozzle shall be welded respectively on the big pipe and on the small pipe on the
outdoor unit side.
Pipes connected to the end of indoor unit and outdoor unit shall be clamped to be flat and welded
to be sealed.
Steps of pressure maintaining and leak hunting of refrigerant piping are as follows:
Operating Steps:
Complete the Pressurization Check Finish

installation of pressure drop
piping
Locate and repair

leakage
◆ Pressurization
Use nitrogen to add pressure from Freon nozzle of the gas and liquid pipe on outdoor unit side:
Step 1: Increase the pressure to 0.5MPa and wait for 5 minutes or longer
Step 2: Increase the pressure to 1.5MPa and wait for 5 minutes or longer
The step 1 and 2 are focused on checking the significant leakage point. If any, reweld immediately
or repair the leakage point.
Step 3: Increase the pressure to 4.15MPa and keep it for approx. 24 hours to check the small
leakage.
Though the pressure is increased to 4.15MPa, it cannot be guaranteed to find out the small
leakage if the waiting time is too short. Therefore, the pressure in Step 3 must be kept for 24
hours.
Note: During pressure maintaining after nitrogen is filled, the pressure gauge shall not be
dismantled, because activities of dismantling or mounting pressure gauge would affect pressure
change.
◆Check pressure drop
Criteria for Inspection eligibility:
※ Except for temperature influences (pressure changes about 0.01MPa for temperature change
of 1℃), if pressure drop is not more than 0.02MPa within 24h, the system will be eligible. For
example, nitrogen is filled to reach 2.5MPa at 30℃; after 24 hours, when temperature becomes
25℃, the system will be eligible if pressure is over 2.43 MPa and ineligible below 2.43 MPa.
※ If ineligible, leak sources must be located. After leak sources are found, re-welding or repair
welding is necessary. Then, the above procedures shall be repeated. Nitrogen is filled,
pressurized and maintained until pressure drop remains within required range.
◆Leak check
[Check 1] When pressure drop is found, leak hunting shall be performed in the ways as follows:
a. By ears…….to listen voices related to leakage
b. By hands……to sense whether leakage is existent at connecting parts
[Check 2] If no leakage is found using the above methods, nitrogen shall be discharged and
refrigerant shall be filled in to reach 0.5MPa.
a. By soap and water……soap bubbles will show leakage positions if any.
b. Detector (such as halide detector) can be used for leak hunting
Using the above methods, check all possible leak sources.
If leakage still fails to be located, sectional check shall be taken for refrigerant piping that would be
divided into multiple check portions for locating leak source in a certain section.
2 ） Pressure maintaining and leak hunting of the system （ with refrigerant piping in
connection with indoor unit and outdoor unit）
When refrigerant piping is to be installed, pressure maintaining and leak hunting is required for the
piping. After refrigerant piping is in connection with indoor unit and outdoor unit, pressure
maintaining and leak hunting is also required. The purpose of the test is to check whether any leak
is existent at threaded connection of indoor unit and outdoor unit and at new welded points.
155
Steps:
◆Nitrogen is charged to reach 4.15MPa and remains at the pressure for 24h (nitrogen shall be
filled from refrigerant filling nozzles at the big valve as well as the small valve using a pressure
gauge; during pressure maintaining after nitrogen is charged, the pressure gauge shall not be
dismantled.)
◆ 2Observe whether pressure changes in 24 hours. (for eligibility criteria, see pressure
maintaining and leak hunting of refrigerant piping in 5.5.2)
◆If any leakage, please check threaded connections and new welded spots of indoor unit and
outdoor unit. Repair welding shall be performed immediately. Afterwards, pressure maintaining is
repeated until eligibility is reached.
2）Cautions:
a. The range of pressure gauge for R410A system test shall be over 4.5Mpa；
b. At the same time, record the readings on pressure gauge, ambient temperature and test time;
c. Pressure correction: The pressure will change by 0.01Mpa with temperature changing by every 1℃;
d. It is only acceptable when the pressure is kept unchanged;
e. To keep the pressure for a long time, the pressure shall be decreased to 0.5MPa or lower. High pressure of a
long time might cause leakage at the weld and result in safety risk.
f. Before completing the airtight test of refrigerant pipe, never carry out thermal insulation or wrapping work at the
weld and flared connection of indoor unit. The pressure shall be simultaneously applied from the pipes on outdoor
side. Never apply pressure from a single side；
Apply pressure
simultaneously from gas
pipe and liquid pipe
1.4 Caution: Before completing the airtight test of refrigerant pipe, never carry out thermal insulation or wrapping
work at any weld.
6.10 Heat Preservation of Refrigerant Piping
1） Connection of thermal insulation pipe
Carry out thermal insulation to the refrigerant pipe after confirming that it has no leakage.
Please perform thermal insulation to the refrigerant pipe according to the steps below
◆Check if the thermal insulation pipe has met the thickness requirements. If not, the condensing
water is easy to attach on thermal insulation pipe and finally drips. The thickness requirements are
shown below:
Thickness of Thermal Insulation
Refrigerant Pipe (mm) (Outer Dia. x Thickness)
Materials (mm)
Φ6.35×0.5 ≥10
Φ9.52×0.71 ≥10
Φ12.7×1 ≥15
Φ15.9×1 ≥15
Φ19.05×1 ≥15
Φ22.2×1.5 ≥20
Φ25.4×1.5 ≥20
Φ28.6×1.5 ≥20
Φ34.9×1.5 ≥20
◆Wrap the refrigerant pipe according to required thickness. The clearance between thermal
insulation pipes shall be sealed with self-adhesive sticker.
◆Wrap the thermal insulation pipes with tapes, thus to extend their ageing time.
2）Cautions:
The thermal insulation materials shall be able to withstand the pipe temperature. For heat pump
156
unit, it is required to withstand a temperature not lower than 70℃ on liquid pipe side and not lower
than 120℃ on gas pipe side. For cooling-only unit, it is required to withstand a temperature not
lower than 70℃ on both liquid pipe side and gas pipe side.
Example: Heat resistant PVC foam (over 120℃); Foam PVC (over 100℃)
The connector between indoor unit and outdoor unit shall be wrapped with thermal insulation
materials, and shall have no clearance to the wall on which the outdoor unit is mounted, as shown
below.
No clearance
When wrapping the thermal insulation tape, each circle shall suppress half of the previous circle.
To avoid reducing the thermal isolation effect, do not wrap the tapes too tight.
After completing the protection work and wrapping the pipes, use the sealing materials to block the
holes in the wall.
6.11 Vacuum Pumping

1） Purposes of vacuum pumping
Discharge air and nitrogen in the piping to obtain vacuum state.
Vacuum is dry, capable to remove moisture in the system.
Under atmospheric pressure, the boiling point of water is 100℃. But with increased vacuum
degree created by vacuum pump, the boiling point rapidly reduces. If boiling point reduces below
ambient temperature, moisture in piping will be evaporated. If vacuum is 0Kgf/cm2of absolute
pressure (gauge pressure is -1Kgf/cm2), moisture in the system can be evaporated totally
2）Selection of vacuum pump
Proper vacuum pumps must be selected before vacuum pumping. Insufficient capacity of selected
vacuum pump would lead to overtime of vacuum pumping and fall short of the requirement for
vacuum degree. A proper vacuum pump can obtain vacuum degree of 0Kgf/cm2 (gauge pressure
-1 Kgf/cm2) after vacuum pumping
Features of a vacuum pump shall be determined by two factors as follows:
Selection of a pump that can meet expected requirement (i.e. gauge pressure of -0.1MPa shall be
obtained)
Exhaust flow is high (over 40L/min)
The following vacuum pumps are recommended.
Maximum vacuum air Use
Model
displacement Air discharge Vacuum drying
Lubricant shaft
100L/min Suitable Suitable
pump
Non-lubricant shaft
50L/min Suitable Suitable
pump
Comparison table of different pressure units is as follows:
Standard air
Unit Vacuum degree
pressure
Relative pressure kg/cm2 0 -1.033
2
Absolute pressure kg/cm 1.033 0
mm Hg mmHg 0 -755
3）Vacuum pumping
The steps are as follows:
a. Expel the nitrogen after leakage detection;
Connect the pressure gauge to Freon nozzle on outdoor liquid valve and gas valve, and connect a
vacuum pump. Then, establish vacuum simultaneously from high pressure side and low pressure
side.
157
Pressure gauge connector valve
Connector on gas side
Vacuum pump
Connector on liquid side
Start the vacuum pump and turn on “LO” and “HI” knobs
b. Continue for 0.5~1.0 hour after the vacuum level reaches -0.1MPa (gauge pressure -1kgf/cm2).
Then, close the “VH” knob on high pressure end and “VL” knob on low pressure end to stop the
vacuum pump.
c. Remove the hose connected to vacuum pump and reconnect it to the refrigerant tank. Expel the
air in the hose. Open the “VL” knob on low pressure end to charge refrigerant to the system piping.
When the pressure reaches 0.0kgf/ cm2, close the “VL” knob on low pressure end.
d.Remove the hose connected to refrigerant tank and reconnect it to vacuum pump. Start the
vacuum pump and open the “VH” knob on high pressure end. Pump for 30 minutes from high
pressure end and then open the “VL” knob to pump from low pressure end, until the vacuum level
reaches -0.1MPa (gauge pressure -1kgf/cm2).
If the vacuum level reaches -0.1MPa (gauge pressure) or lower, the vacuuming process is then
ended. Stop the vacuum pump and place still for 1 hour. Then, check the vacuum level for any
change. n case of any change, it indicates that there is leakage. In this case, proceed to leakage
detection and repair.
e. Complete the vacuuming according to above procedures and then proceed to charging of
additional refrigerant
6.12 Refrigerant Charge

1）Calculation method for refrigerant charging
Refrigerant shall be charged according to calculated amount specified in engineering drawings.
Method for calculation of added refrigerant volume (based on liquid pipe)
Mass of refrigerant to be charged =∑ length of liquid pipe × refrigerant charge amount of every
meter of liquid pipe.
Amount of refrigerant charge for every meter of liquid pipe（kg/m）
Medium
Φ22.2 Φ19.05 Φ15.9 Φ12.7 Φ9.52 Φ6.35
R22 0.41 0.29 0.187 0.12 0.06 0.03
R410a 0.35 0.25 0.17 0.11 0.054 0.022

Note: a. Standard pipe length is 15m. If refrigerant piping (L) is shorter than or equal to 15m, no
additional refrigerant is needed. If piping is longer than 15m (based on liquid pipe), more
refrigerant shall be added. The above table shows how much refrigerant shall be charged for
every one additional meter of piping.
b. Electronic balance shall be used for refrigerant charge
c. Thickness of pipe wall shall be 0.5～1.0mm and pressure-bearing capability shall be 3.0MPa
d. The longer the piping, the more refrigerating capacity and heating capacity shall be weakened.
2）Steps of refrigerant charge are as follows：
a. The connecting hose of refrigerant cylinder shall be connected to the connector of the pressure
gauge. The valve VH shall be opened to discharge air in the hose. Then, the high pressure end of
the pressure gauge shall be connected to the refrigerant filling nozzle on the small valve of outdoor
unit.
158
Pressure gauge connector valve
Connector on gas side

Gas liquid
Refrigerant cylinder
Connector on liquid side
Spring balance
b. Open pressure gauge valve VH, then fill liquid state refrigerant into the liquid pipe side until
required amount is reached.
If refrigerant can not be charged in system unless the unit is turned on, let the system run at
full-load cooling mode. Open VH and discharge air in the hose. The high pressure end of pressure
gauge is connected to the refrigerant filling nozzle on the small valve of outdoor unit. Open VL and
charge gas state refrigerant into the gas pipe until required charging amount is reached.
c.Observe electronic balance or spring balance. When required amount is reached, the valve shall
be closed very quickly and then source valve on the refrigerant valve shall be shut off.
d. The amount of charging refrigerant shall be recorded.
Refrigerant charge shall be recorded as per the following table.
Unit Mark Amount of charging refrigerant（Kg）
Unit 1
Unit 2
………
Unit n
159
7 INSTALLATION OF ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE ASSY

7.1 Direction Requirements
To ensure normal operation of the unit, please connect the electronic expansion valve
sub-assembly as shown below.
Ensure that the vertical arrow labeled on electronic expansion valve sub-assembly is pointed
upward.
To Indoor To Outdoor
Unit Unit Vertically
Verticall upward
y To Indoor To Outdoor
Unit Unit
√Arrow Upward X Arrow Downward

（1） Firstly, fix the electronic expansion valve sub-assembly properly. Several operating
methods are available:
Fix with screws
Unit Unit
Unit Vertically Unit Vertically
upward upward
Suspend by using screw rod ②Use screws to fix onto wall

Overhung
To Outdoor To Outdoor
To Indoor To Indoor
Unit Unit
Unit Vertically Unit Vertically
upward upward
③Directly place on ceiling plane Caution: Never place overhung in air.

The indoor unit shall be firstly connected to a section of pipe (connected by nut). Then, connect
the pipe to the electronic expansion valve sub-assembly (by
welding).
Welding Welding
Unit Unit
Vertically
upward
Pipe length: L＞1m, but ＜1.5m
160
WARNING: The length of connection pipe must be 1m≤L≤1. 5m. The electronic
expansion valve sub-assembly must be connected to the indoor and outdoor unit in a
direction as marked. If connected in reverse direction, severe error will be caused to the
unit.
（2） Pipe connection: Tighten the nuts with your hands correctly. Then, use another spanner to
hold the pipe joint on machine side and use torque wrench to tighten securely.
Hold the spanner
Pipe on indoor unit side
Rotate the spanner
（3） Cable connection of electronic expansion valve sub-assembly

① To avoid loosening and sagging down, please use strap (small) to fix the cable of electronic
expansion valve sub-assembly onto the pipe or other objects.
② When connecting the cable of electronic expansion valve sub-assembly, please take care to
prevent the cable from contact with the hot or humid objects.
Connect the mainboard Fix with strap
of indoor unit
Unit Unit
Vertically
upward
（4） Final treatment: The section where the pipe is connected must be wrapped for thermal
insulation.
WARNING!
Please ensure the pipe is fully covered by sponge and not exposed in air. Condensing
water will be generated on the pipe if the thermal insulation is poor.
Thermal insulation sponge

Unit Unit
Vertically
Indoor unit upward
161
8 INSTALLATION OF CONDENSATE PIPE

8.1 Material quality requirements
Generally, the condensate pipe shall be water supply U-PVC pipe, adhered by using special glue.
The other materials available include: PP-R pipe, PP-C pipe and hot-dipped galvanized steel pipe.
It is not allowed to use aluminum plastic composite pipe.
8.2 Key points for installation
1）.Work Order
Sheathing of
Installation of thermal insulation Connection of Water test Thermal insulation of
indoor unit pipe on drainage pipe drainage pipe
condensate pipe
2). Determine the direction and elevation of condensate pipe before installation. To ensure the
gradient smooth and straight, avoid intersecting with other pipelines. The height of the
clamp fixing the pipe hanger frame shall be adjustable and fixed from the outer of thermal
insulation.
3).Distance between hanger frames:
Outer diameter of water
pipe (mm) ф≤25 32＞ф≥25 ф≥32
Spacing between
horizontal pipes (mm) 800 1000 1500
Spacing between
standpipes (mm) 1500 2000
Each standpipe shall have two hanger frames at least.
4). The gradient of condensate pipe shall be over 1% and the gradient of main pipe shall not
be less than 0.3%, while there shall be no overhanging slope.
Over 1/100
5). When connecting the 3-way section of condensate pipe, the 2-way straight section on 3-way
pipe shall be on the same gradient. The two ends of 2-way section shall not have different
gradient. See the schematics below:
错误的接法正确的接法
Correct connection
Wrong connection
6). Confluence toward the horizontal pipe shall be best from the upper. Back flow is easy to
occur if from the lengthwise direction.
162
Indoor Unit
Mounting of horizontal pipe
Main pipe Main pipe Main pipe
7）Do not tie the condensate pipe and refrigerant pipe together.
8) To ensure smooth drainage of condensate, a vent hole shall be set at the highest point of
drainage hose .
9) Carry out water flow test and full water test after the pipe connection is completed. On one
hand, check if the drainage is smooth; on another hand, check the piping system for any
leakage.
10) Steel sheath shall be provided to the pipe crossing the wall or slab. The pipe joint shall not
be positioned within the sheath. The steel sheath shall be flush with the wall surface or slab
base, but 20mm higher than the slab base. The sheath shall not affect the pipe gradient.
The clearance between pipe and sheath shall be blocked by using flexible inflammable
materials. The sheath shall not be used as the supporting point of the pipe.
11) The joint of thermal insulation materials must be adhered by using special glue and then
wrapped with plastic tape having a width not less than 5cm to avoid condensing.
12). Ensure a gradient over 1% when connecting the drainage hose to the indoor unit.
Gradient over 1/100
13) When connecting the drainage hose to the indoor unit, please fix with the included pipe
clamp and do not use glue water, thus to ensure easy repair.
14) Installation requirements for auxiliary drainage hose
Pipe clamp
Drainage PVC pipe
Unit drainage pipe Drainage hose
163
The auxiliary drainage hose must be thermally insulated

冷凝水管
Thermal insulation of
condensate
保温层 pipe
Pipe
管盖cover
15) The long drainage hose may be fixed by using hanger bolts, thus to ensure a gradient
of 1/100 (PVC cannot be bent).
The spacing between the supports of horizontal pipe is 0.8-1.0m. Twisting will be caused and
thus air bag will be formed if the spacing is too high. Once the air bag is formed, the pump can
only compress the air bag no matter how forcible it pushes, but there is no flowing water, thus
resulting in abnormal water level. This will cause flooding of the ceiling.
16). If the air flow of indoor unit is high, this might cause negative pressure and result in return
suction of outdoor air. Therefore, U-type water trap shall be designed on the drainage
side of each indoor unit.
Indoor unit.
Install water trap as shown below

Install one water trap for each unit
Installation of water trap shall consider easy cleaning in the future.
164
Joint
Indoor unit. Indoor unit.
Joint
17) Connection of drainage branch pipe to the standpipe or horizontal pipe of drainage main
pipe
The horizontal pipe cannot be connected to the vertical pipe at a same height. It can be
connected in a manner as shown below:
N01:3-way connection of drainage hose joint
3-way connection of
drainage pipe joint
NO2: Connection of drain elbow
Connection of drain
elbow
NO3: Connection of horizontal pipe
Connection of
horizontal pipe
Drainage hose is requisite for air conditioner unit. During cooling, the moisture in the air will
condense on the surface of evaporator. Such condensing water must be drained out of the unit.
Meanwhile, the drainage hose has an important role to determine if the air conditioner can plays
its full functions.
165
18). All the condensate pipes must be installed at a distance over 500mm from the electric
box of the unit.
8.3 Installation of drainage hose for different types of indoor unit
1) Duct-type Indoor Unit (Including General Static Pressure and Low Static Pressure)
a. Installation of drainage hose
¾ The diameter of drainage hose shall be equal to or higher than the diameter of
connection pipe. (PVC pipe: Dimension: Outer diameter 25mm, 32mm)
¾ The drainage hose shall be short and has a down gradient of 1/100 at least, thus to
avoid air bag.
¾ To ensure that the drainage hose will not be bent and has enough gradient, a distance of
1 ~ 1.5m shall be kept between the hanger frames.
Gradient over 1/100
¾ Use drainage hose and clamp.

Insert the drainage hose to the root. From the middle of white tape, tighten the clamp until the
tightening distance to the screw head is shorter than 4mm.
A. For thermal isolation, use sealing tape to wrap the drainage hose and clamp.
B. The indoor drainage hose shall be thermally insulated.
Big sponge (accessory)
Clamp Clamp (accessory)
Drainage hose Below 4mm

Sponge (grey)
C. To prevent foreign articles from entering the pipe, please minimize the bend of pipeline, thus
to ensure cleanliness of the drainage elbow.
D. The drainage hose must be wrapped with thermal insulation tube, thus to avoid
condensing on the outer surface of drainage hose . See below for the thickness of thermal
insulation tube.
166
condensate pipe
Pipe cover
Thickness of Thermal Insulation Materials

Drainage hose (mm)( Outer Dia)
(mm)
Φ17 ≥15
Φ27 ≥20
≥34.9 ≥20
※ Notes:
E. The inclination of drainage hose① shall be within 75mm, so that the drainage insert will
not bear excessive force.
F. To connect the drainage hose s for multiple machines, please use the method of
multi-pipe collection, as shown below.
T-joint collecting
drainage pipe
Over 100mm
Fig. The specification of collecting drainage hose shall be suitable to the working capacity of
the unit
We may collect the drainage hose s of all the indoor units in one system (An outdoor unit
and all the indoor units connected to this outdoor unit are called one system), or collect the
drainage hose s of all the indoor units in several systems.
Notes: The ceiling height must be considered, and a specific gradient shall be ensured along
the water flow direction.
2）Cassette Type (Including 4-way and 1-way)
a. Installation of drainage hose
¾ The drainage hose shall be installed to ensure smooth flow of water.
¾ The diameter of drainage hose shall be equal to or higher than the diameter of connection
pipe (PVC pipe) (exclusive of the rise section).
¾ The drainage hose shall be short and has a down gradient of 1/100 at least, thus to avoid air
bag
¾ If the inclination of the drainage hose is insufficient, drainage rise pipe shall be mounted.
¾ The installing height of drainage rise pipe shall be less than 280mm.
¾ The drainage rise pipe shall be in right angle to the unit and the distance to the unit shall not
exceed 300mm.
167
Roof
Hanger seat
Within 300mm
Below 280mm
Drainage hose
(accessory)
Below 500mm
Drainage rise
pipe
Ceiling Clamp (accessory)
¾ The inclination of included drainage hose shall be within 75mm, so that the drainage insert
will not bear excessive force.
Drainage hose
(accessory)
Below 500mm
Below 75mm
¾ To prevent the drainage hose from dropping downward, hanger rods shall be erected every
1.0~1.5m.
Hanger rod Gradient over 1/100
Correct Incorrect
¾ Use the included drainage hose and clamp. Insert the drainage hose to the drainage port and
tighten the clamp.
¾ For thermal insulation, wrap the big sponge to the drainage hose clamp.
¾ The indoor drainage hose shall be thermally insulated.
Big sponge (accessory)
Clamp Clamp (accessory)
Drainage hose Below 4mm

Sponge (grey)
¾ To connect the drainage hoses for multiple machines, please use the method of multi-pipe
collection, as shown below.
168
Introduce water here

Over 100mm for water test T-joint collecting
drainage pipe
Fig. The specification of collecting drainage hose shall be suitable to the working capacity of the
unit
We may collect the drainage hoses of all the indoor units in one system (An outdoor unit and
all the indoor units connected to this outdoor unit are called one system), or collect the drainage
hoses of all the indoor units in several systems.
The ceiling height must be considered, and a specific gradient shall be ensured along the
water flow direction. The cassette-type indoor unit is provided with water pump, and the maximum
lift of its drainage hose is 280mm.
¾ During installation, please take care that:
The diameter of drainage hose connected to the indoor unit must meet the specifications. The
pipe diameter shall not be too small; otherwise the water may overflow.
The main drainage hose depends on the number of indoor units. Generally, it is required to be
equal to or higher than ф35mm.
The drainage hose shall be thermally insulated. The thickness of thermal insulation pipe must
meet the requirements. The clearance between thermal insulation pipes shall be sealed with
adhesive sticker.
Please discharge the water to the ground drain, water closet or any other place easy to drain the
water out.
b) After installation, check if the drainage is smooth.
3) Wall-mounted Type
Assemble the drainage hose as shown below and take measures to prevent condensing.
Improper assembly of the drainage hose may cause leakage, or even expose the furniture to
moisture.
a) Assembly of drainage hose
¾ To avoid air in water elbow, the drainage hose shall be kept as short as possible and inclined
downward, as shown below.
¾ During connection, please use PVC pipe of equal size higher than this size (Nominal Dia,:
20mm; Outer Dia.: 26mm)
¾ The drainage hose must be arranged in down inclination along water flow direction, thus to
avoid air bubble blocking. Take care not to arrange the pipe in twisting, protrusion or
waveform. Do not put the outlet of drainage hose into water.
Protrusion
Twisting
Do not immerse in water.
169
¾ The extended section of drainage hose shall be wrapped with thermal insulation sheath when
passing the room.
condensate pipe
Pipe cover
Fig.3.41
¾ After installation of the drainage hose, be sure to make water test and check if the water can
be drained smoothly.
Drainage hose
Drainage hose
b. After piping work, check if the draining flow is smooth.

8.4 Test for Condensate Pipe
The water test for condensate pipe includes closed water test and drainage test. The closed
water test is focused on checking if the drainage hose system is well sealed and if there is any
leakage. The drainage test is focused on checking if the drainage hose system can drain
water smoothly and thoroughly and ensuring that there is no water deposit (except the specially
designed water trap).
After connection of the drainage hose is completed, firstly carry out closed water test. Seal
the outlet of drainage hose with adhesive tape or plug. Then, fill water into the drainage hose
system form indoor unit side. Stop filling after ensuring that all the drainage hoses are filled with
water. After 24 hours, check all the joints of water pipe for any leakage. If any, repair and reinstall.
If no leakage, proceed to drainage test.
Remove the adhesive tape or plug from the drainage hose. Check the water tray and drainage
hose of indoor unit if the drainage is thorough and if there is any water deposit. If any, readjust
it. If not, complete the water test and proceed to the thermal insulation on all pipe joints.
170
8.5 Requirements of Heat Insulation

¾ Heat Insulation Materials
The thermal insulation material of obturator foam shall be used. Fireproof level: B1.
The thermal conductivity shall not be higher than 0.035w/ (m·k) when the average
temperature is 0℃.
¾ Thickness of thermal insulation layer
The thickness of thermal insulation layer on condensate pipe shall be over 10mm.
¾ The joint of thermal insulation materials must be adhered by using special glue and then
wrapped with plastic tape having a width not less than 5cm to avoid condensing.
¾ Thermal insulation is not required for the outdoor section of condensate pipe.
171
9 ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION
9.1 Precautions for Electrical Installation
☆ Carry out installation according to national cabling rules.
☆ Rated supply voltage and special circuit for air conditioner must be used.
☆ Do not pull the power cables with force.
☆ All the electric installations must be carried out by specialist technicians in accordance with the
local laws, rules and these instructions.
☆ The diameter of power cords must be large enough. The damaged power cords and connection
wires must be replaced with special cords.
The earthing shall be secure. The earthing wire shall be connected to the special earthing device
on the construction. The installation must be done by specialist technicians. The air switch shall
have both the magnetic tripping and thermal tripping functions to ensure protection against the
short circuit and overload.
●Earthing Requirements
☆ The air conditioner belongs to Category I Electric Appliance. Therefore, be sure to take reliable
earthing measures.
☆The yellow-green wire inside the air conditioner is used for earthing. Do not use it for other
purposes or cut it. Do not fix with tapping screw. Otherwise, it will cause the risk of electric shock.
☆The earthing resistance shall comply with the national standard GB17790
☆Reliable earthing terminal must be provided on the user’s power supply. Never connect the
earthing wire to the following places:
①Water pipe; ②Gas pipe; ③Sewage pipe;
④Other places that the specialist technicians think unreliable.
9.2 Specifications of power cord & circuit breaker

Min. sectional Min. sectional
Capability of
Power supply area of earth area of power
Model circuit breaker
(V,Ph,Hz) lead cord
(A)
(mm2) (mm2)
GMV(L)-Pd100W/NaB-K 220~240V 50 Hz 32 6.0 6.0

GMV(L)-Pd120W/NaB-K 220~240V 50 Hz 32 6.0 6.0
GMV(L)-Pd140W/NaB-K 220~240V 50 Hz 40 10.0 10.0
GMV(L)-Pd160W/NaB-K 220~240V 50 Hz 40 10.0 10.0
Note：The specification of power cord mentioned hereby is defined as the required specification
when wiring with BV single core cable (2 ~ 4 pieces) under the cover of PVC pipe, and ambient
temperature shall be at 40℃; Air switch shall be selected according to 40℃ temperature condition,
and shall in “D” type. if the installation condition on site changed, please consider the modification
on the required specification of Power cord and Air switch, according to the specification manual
provided by manufacture.
9.3 Wiring Sketch Map

9.3.1 Connection of power cord and communication line
The indoor unit and outdoor unit shall be powered separately.
Connection Schematics for Indoor / Outdoor Power Cords and Communication Line (3-phase)
172
Connection Schematics for Indoor / Outdoor Power Cords and Communication Line
9.4 Dial-up
Gree DC Multi VRF unit is provided with three dial-up, i.e. function dial-up, address dial-up and
capacity dial-up. ou may adjust the function dial-up to set the control, mode and functions of the
unit; adjust the address dial-up to set the matching relation between indoor unit and wired
controller; and adjust the capacity dial-up to set the capacity demands of the indoor unit.
9.4.1 Function Dial-up
CAUTIONS! The S7 function dial-up is located on the mainboard of indoor unit. It can be
operated only when the client needs to change the default function settings; otherwise the default
position shall be maintained.
Functional dial switch S7
DIP Dial-up Setting
Functional Description:
swicth 0 (ON Position) 1
Setting of memory
1(S/R) Standby (S) Restore (R)
mode
Wired control Remote
2(L/I) Setting of control mode
(L) control (I)
Setting of master / slave Master indoor Slave indoor
3(M/S)
indoor unit unit (M) unit (S)
Setting of ambient
Return air inlet
4(I/O) temperature acquisition Receiver (O)
(I)
point
Setting of high / low Low static
5(L/H) High static(H)
static pressure fan pressure (L)
Functional description of function dial-up:
DIP swicth 1 (S/R): Setting of memory mode, including the standby mode and restoration mode.
The standby mode refers to that the previous parameters will be kept but the
unit will not run automatically after the power supply is resumed. This setting is
factory defaulted (DIP swicth pulled to “ON” position). For example, if the
parameters of an indoor unit set before power shutdown are High Fan and 24℃,
the unit will be under standby state after the power supply is resumed and after
the unit is manually started, the parameters will remain as High Fan and 24℃.
The restoration mode refers to that not only the previous parameters will be kept,
but also that the unit can start automatically after the power supply is resumed.
But if the unit is under STOP state before power shutdown, it will be also under
STOP state after the power supply is resumed.
DIP swicth 2 (L/I): Setting of control mode, including wired control and remote control. The wired
control mode refers to that the indoor unit is controlled from wired controller
(wired controller). This setting is factory defaulted (DIP swicth pulled to “ON”
position). When the setting is wired control mode, the function dial-up on S7 for
“setting of memory mode” and “setting of master / slave indoor unit” will be
disabled. These two settings can be done from the wired controller directly. The
remote control mode refers to that the indoor unit is controlled from remote
controller. When the setting is remote control mode, its function dial-up must be
set on S7.
DIP swicth 3 (M/S): The setting of master / slave indoor unit refers to the master / slave setting of
indoor run mode, mainly used to meet the needs of special people on priority
(e.g. leader, patients, etc). The factory default setting is that all indoor units are
master (DIP swicth pulled to “ON” position).
When all the indoor units are set as slave, the outdoor unit will run according to
173
the mode of slave indoor unit that is firstly started. If the mode of slave indoor
unit started later has in conflict against the mode started earlier, the system will
display mode conflict error, so that the indoor unit started later cannot work. In
this case, the run mode of the unit is decided by the slave indoor unit that is
firstly started.
When only one indoor unit is set as master, no matter if the master indoor unit is
firstly started or not, the slave indoor unit will give out mode conflict error as long
as its mode is in conflict against the mode of master indoor unit (except that the
master indoor unit is stopped). In this case, the unit run according to the mode
of master indoor unit on priority.
When several indoor units are set as master, the mode of master indoor unit
with a lower address code will be taken as the master run mode of the unit.
when the master indoor unit with the lowest address code is changed from
STOP state to RUN state, the mode of other master indoor units or slave indoor
units shall be kept identical to its mode; otherwise the system will give out mode
conflict error. Therefore, when there are several master indoor units, the
address code of the unit shall be set from lower to higher according to priority
level.
DIP swicth 4 (I/O): Setting of ambient temperature acquisition point. This setting is mainly used
when the temperature of air conditioner area differs largely from the return air
inlet temperature of the unit. Meanwhile, this setting is only valid when the
receiver is connected, including the setting of temperature acquisition point at
return air inlet and setting of the temperature acquisition point at receiver head.
The factory default setting is acquisition of return air inlet temperature (DIP
swicth pulled to “ON” position).
DIP swicth 5 (L/H): Setting of high / low static pressure fan. This setting includes the setting of high
static pressure fan and low static pressure fan, adjusted as needed for the
project. The factory default setting is low static pressure fan (DIP swicth pulled
to “ON” position).
Cautions:
1)The above settings must be done under power shutdown state.
2)The DIP swicth of function code is classified into 3-bit code, 4-bit code and 5-bit code. The 4-bit
code or 5-bit code is used for duct-type unit only (including multi duct-type unit and 1-to-1
duct-type unit).
3)When the “setting of control mode” is “L”, the function dial-up for “setting of memory mode" and
“setting of master / slave indoor unit” will be disabled. When the “setting of control mode” is “I”, this
function dial-up setting is enabled.
4)The DIP swicth shall be put to position correctly, and shall not be put to middle position. Dialing
of the switch to “ON” position indicates “0” and the dialing to opposite direction indicates “1”.
5)After dialing up, please mark the address code of the unit(√)
Address code S1
Functional dial
switch S7
174
Capacity code S2
Mainboard of 5-bit Function Dial-up
Mainboard of 4-bit Function Dial-up

9.4.2 Address dial code
Address dial-up must be set for the multi indoor units; otherwise abnormal communication will
be caused to the unit. The address code has 4-bit dial-up in total. The highest address is 16
and the lowest address is 1.
NOTES! To use multiple indoor units in parallel, make sure to change the setting of address
code before installation and guarantee that the address code of each indoor unit must be different
(The address code is located on the mainboard of indoor unit). If wired controller is used, make
sure to dial the address code of wired controller to the position same as the address code on
corresponding indoor unit. (The address code of wired controller is located on the back of wired
175
controller)
☆Below is factory default setting:
The default setting of address dial-up code is 0000 and the address is 1 (See above for the
position of dial lever).
☆Dial-up Value
The dial-up value of address code is set in binary system. The dial-up value is “0” when the
lever is dialed to “ON” end; the dial-up is “1” when the lever is dialed to numerical end on opposite
side. For number 4~1 on the address code, the dial-up #4 refers to high bit and the dial-up 1#
refers to low bit.
Dial-up Table (4-bit DIP swicth)

4-bit 3-bit 2-bit 1-bit Address
0 0 0 0 1
0 0 0 1 2
0 0 1 0 3
0 0 1 1 4
0 1 0 0 5
0 1 0 1 6
0 1 1 0 7
0 1 1 1 8
1 0 0 0 9
1 0 0 1 10
1 0 1 0 11
1 0 1 1 12
1 1 0 0 13
1 1 0 1 14
1 1 1 0 15
1 1 1 1 16
Example 1: If the dial value is “0111”, this represents that the address is “8”, the pins 1, 2 & 3 of the
dial switch are dialed to the numerical end, and the pin 4 is dialed to “ON”.
Example 2: If the dial value is “1010”, this represents that the address is “11”, the pins 2 & 4 of the
dial switch are dialed to the numerical end, and the pin 1 & 3 are dialed to “ON”.
See below.：
Address 8, dial-up value 0111 Address 11, dial-up value 10109.

4.3 Capacity dial-up
On the mainboard of indoor unit, two 4-bit DIP switches are used to distribute the address and
capacity of indoor units. The 4-bit DIP switch (marked with “capacity” below) used for setting the
capacity of indoor units is factory set before shipment of indoor unit, while it is covered by sealant,
so that it cannot be changed by the user.
176
☆Below is factory default setting:
The default Capacity dial-up is the maximum capacity of indoor unit. As shown above, the capacity
is (See above for the lever position)
☆Dial-up Value
The dial-up value of capacity code is set in binary system. The dial-up value is “0” when the lever
is dialed to “ON” end; the dial-up is “1” when the lever is dialed to numerical end on opposite side.
For number 4~1 on the capacity code, the dial-up #4 refers to high bit and the dial-up 1# refers to
low bit.
Dial-up Table (4-bit DIP swicth)

4-bit 3-bit 2-bit 1-bit Capacity
0 0 0 0 20
0 0 0 1 25
0 0 1 0 30
0 0 1 1 35
0 1 0 0 40
0 1 0 1 45
0 1 1 0 50
0 1 1 1 60
1 0 0 0 224
1 0 0 1 70
1 0 1 0 80
1 0 1 1 90
1 1 0 0 100
1 1 0 1 112
1 1 1 0 140
1 1 1 1 280
177
DC INVERTER MULTI VRF MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE
178
MAINTENANCE
1 List of Unit Errors
1.1 List of Error Display on Wired Controller
Error Error Source of
Notes on Control
Code Description Error Signal
The high pressure protection value is 4.2MPa. When it is detected
Compressor
High-pressure three times successively that a compressor is under high
E1 high-pressure
Switch pressure, this compressor will be stopped. In this case, error code
protection
E1 will be displayed and the run indicator will blink.
When it is detected for 10 minutes successively that Tevap. is ≤-2℃
Indoor (varying with indoor unit), the antifreeze protection will be
Evaporator
E2 antifreeze activated, in which case the outdoor unit will immediately shut off
sensor
protection the indoor electronic expansion valve and the capacity will be set
to “0”.
Compressor When the low pressure reaches the protection value (absolute
Low-pressure
E3 low-pressure pressure: 0.15MPa), the low pressure switch will be cut off, in
Switch
protection which case the low pressure protection will be displayed.
When the exhaust temperature (Texhau.) is equal to and higher
than 113 ℃ , the compressor will be stopped. Upon the first
occurrence of exhaust protection, the error code E4 will be
Compressor
Exhaust displayed. When the exhaust temperature is lower than TR℃, the
exhaust
E4 temperature compressor will resume to operation after it has been stopped for
temperature
sensor 3 minutes. The compressor can resume to operation for the first
protection
two times. But if this occurs three times successively in 1 hour, the
unit must be disconnected from power supply before it can
restarted.
Frequency
The drive board of variable frequency compressor is incurred to
converter Compressor
E5 error. For details on the error message, please refer to the Display
overcurrent drive
Code on Digital Tube of Outdoor Unit.
protection
The mainboard of indoor unit or the wired control is incurred to
Communication
E6 Communication communication error with outdoor unit. The indoor unit incurred to
error
communication error will be stopped and display the error code.
The run mode of the unit that is started later is inconsistent to the
mode that is started earlier. Only the cooling and dry mode has
possible mode conflict against the heat mode. For fan mode,
E7 Mode conflict User operation
there is no mode conflict against the cooling, dry or heat mode. In
case mode conflict occurs, the indoor unit with mode conflict will
display E7 and be stopped.
When water full is detected for 8 seconds successively, the
system will enter into water-full protection state, in which case the
wired controller will display E9 and give out alarm. In case of
Water-full
E9 Water pump water-full protection under each mode, the other loads of the
protection
indoor unit will be stopped, except that the water pump will remain
working and give out alarm. In this case, the outdoor unit shall
adjust the capacity output accordingly
Indoor ambient
Indoor room The indoor unit incurred to sensor error will display error code and
F0 temperature
sensor be stopped.
sensor error
Indoor coil inlet Indoor coil-inlet
The indoor unit incurred to sensor error will display error code and
F1 temperature temperature
be stopped.
sensor error sensor
Indoor coil Indoor
middle coil-middle The indoor unit incurred to sensor error will display error code and
F2
temperature temperature be stopped.
sensor error sensor
Outdoor coil
Indoor coil-exit
inlet The indoor unit incurred to sensor error will display error code and
F3 temperature
temperature be stopped.
sensor
sensor error
Test for 30 seconds successively to check if the temperature

sensor is disconnected. If yes, alarm will be sent; otherwise no
processing will be made. If the controller of outdoor unit detects
Outdoor failure of outdoor sensor under open circuit, short circuit and
Outdoor excess of test value, the outdoor unit will execute the following
ambient
F4 environment default actions, that is, the error message will be sent to each
temperature
sensor indoor unit and the error code will be displayed via error indicator
sensor error
or wired controller. When the outdoor ambient temperature is
lower than -5℃, the disconnection failure of outdoor inlet, middle
and exit sensors in shield room will be processed as under -30℃.
failure of outdoor sensor under open circuit, short circuit and
Outdoor defrost excess of test value, the outdoor unit will execute the following
Outdoor
F7 temperature default actions, that is, the error message will be sent to each
Defrost Sensor
sensor error indoor unit and the error code will be displayed via error indicator
failure of outdoor sensor under open circuit, short circuit and
Exhaust Exhaust excess of test value, the outdoor unit will execute the following
F9 temperature temperature default actions, that is, the error message will be sent to each
sensor error sensor indoor unit and the error code will be displayed via error indicator
Error Code of Duct-type Unit

Error Error
Error Error
Code Code
Prevention against low Error with oil temperature
E2 Fb
temperature sensor 2 (digital)
Outdoor ambient temperature Indoor ambient temperature
F4 F0
sensor error sensor error
Indoor tube-inlet sensor error F5 Exhaust overtemperature E4
Outdoor tube-middle sensor error F6 Low-pressure protection E3
Outdoor tube-exit sensor error F7 Overcurrent Protection E5
Error with exhaust temperature
F8 High-pressure protection E1
sensor 1 (fixed-frequency)
Indoor tube-inlet sensor error F1 Communication error E6
Indoor tube-middle sensor error F2 High-pressure valve error Fc
Indoor tube-exit sensor error F3 Low-pressure valve error Fd
Error with exhaust temperature Water-full protection
F9 Eb
sensor 2 (fixed-frequency) (Cassette)
Error with oil temperature sensor
FA
1 (fixed-frequency)
King Series
Com
Tube-inl
Tube-mid Tube-exit Room Antif Mode muni Outdo
et Defro
Error dle sensor sensor sensor reez confli catio or unit
sensor st
error error error e ct n failure
error
error
Power Brigh
Bright Bright Bright Bright Dark Dark Blink Blink
Lamp t
Test
Dark Blink Blink Bright Blink Dark Blink Blink Dark
lamp
Timer
Blink Blink Bright Blink Dark Blink Bright Blink Dark
lamp
180
Feng Yun and Feng Xia series

Comm
Tube-inle Tube-midd Tube-exit Room Mode Outdo
Def Antifr unicati
Error t sensor le sensor sensor sensor confli or unit
rost eeze on
error error error error ct failure
error
Test Brig Blink
Blink（1） Dark Blink Blink
lamp ht （2）
Timer Blin
Blink Blink Bright Blink Dark
lamp k
Notes::(1)Bright and dark intermittently (2)Bright and dark simultaneously
Floor Standing: Lantianshi, qingliangwangzi, fengsheng series
Error Error
Error Error
Code Code
Indoor tube-middle sensor
Indoor tube-inlet sensor error F1 F2
error
Outdoor ambient
Indoor tube-exit sensor error F3 F4
temperature sensor error
Outdoor ambient
Outdoor tube-inlet sensor error F5 F6
temperature sensor error
Error with exhaust
Outdoor tube-exit sensor error F7 temperature sensor 1 F8
(fixed-frequency)
Error with exhaust temperature Error with exhaust
F9 FA
sensor 2 (digital) temperature sensor 2 (digital)
Error with oil temperature sensor 2 Indoor ambient temperature
Fb F0
(digital) sensor error
Prevention against low temperature E2 High-pressure protection E1
Low-pressure protection E3 Exhaust overtemperature E4
Overcurrent Protection E5 Communication error E6
Mode conflict E7 High-pressure valve error Fc
Low-pressure valve error Fd
181
1.2 Display Code on Digital Tube of Outdoor Mainboard

Display Display
Display on Display on
on on
Error Indoor Error Indoor
Digital Digital
Unit Unit
Tube Tube
DC overvoltage
PH E5 Input overcurrent protection PA E5
protection
Module overheat
P8 E5 Jumper fault C5 No display
protection
Current test circuit
Pc E5 Recharging circuit fault PU E5
fault
Module temperature
P7 E5 High-pressure protection E1 E1
sensor fault
Compressor
P5 E5 Low-pressure protection E3 E3
overcurrent protection
DC undervoltage
PL E5 Exhaust protection E4 E4
protection
Compressor startup
Lc E5 Compressor overload protection H3 E5
failure
Communication fault (between
PFC module
Hc E5 indoor / outdoor unit and wired E6 E6
protection
controller)
Drive resetting and Outdoor ambient temperature
P0 E5 F4 F4
stop sensor error
Protection of
compressor against Indoor coil inlet temperature
H7 E5 F5 F5
loss of sensor error
synchronization
Compressor
Indoor coil middle temperature
protection against Ld E5 F6 F6
sensor error
loss of phase
Inverter drive Outdoor coil outlet temperature
P6 E5 F7 F7
communication fault sensor error
IPM module Exhaust temperature sensor
H5 E5 F9 F9
protection error
1.3 Display of the number of indoor units

Note: You may press down SW3 key of outdoor unit twice continuously within 2s, so that the system will detect
the number of indoor units, in which case the LED1～LED4 will blink in turn, LED5 and LED6 will become dark.
After 12 seconds, the number of indoor units will be displayed.
Number of indoor Lamp display

units
LED6 LED5 LED4 LED3 LED2 LED1
1 Dark Dark Dark Dark Dark Bright
2 Dark Dark Dark Dark Bright Dark
3 Dark Dark Dark Dark Bright Bright
4 Dark Dark Dark Bright Dark Dark
5 Dark Dark Dark Bright Dark Bright
6 Dark Dark Dark Bright Bright Dark
：：：：：：：
：：：：：：：
62 Bright Bright Bright Bright Bright Dark
63 Bright Bright Bright Bright Bright Bright

2 Flow chart of troubleshooting

2.1 High-pressure protection
High-pressure protection
No Measure if the Yes

Use pressure gauge to pressure switch is Replace the mainboard of outdoor unit
measure if the pressure is normal？
really high?
Yes No
Check if the operation No

mode of indoor unit is Refer to the Instruction Manual for Replace the pressure switch
set properly? Indoor Unit
Yes
Check if the gas valve No

and liquid valve are Fully open the valve
fully open?
Yes
Check if the front panel of No

outdoor unit is covered Cover up the front panel properly
tightly?
Yes
No
Check if the air inlet and outlet
of the indoor and outdoor Remove the obstructions
exchanger is smooth?
Yes
Check if the indoor No Measure the fan motor and

and outdoor fans run
normally? signal input
Yes
Check if the indoor No

swing louver is fully Measure the swing motor and
open? signal input
Yes
Check if the capacity output of No

outdoor unit is equal to the Refer to the dial-up of indoor and outdoor unit
capacity demand of indoor
units?
Yes

electronic expansion valve Engage the valve body with the coil
can work normally
Yes
Check if the indoor /

Yes
outdoor filters or radiating Refer to the Repair and Maintenance
fins are dirty or blocked?
No
Focus on checking the inlet and outlet of the connection between indoor units and main
The system pipe is blocked pipe. Also focus on checking the electronic expansion valve of indoor unit and outdoor
unit. Replace the electronic expansion valve, drying filter and other parts
183
2.2 Low-pressure protection

Low-pressure protection
Use pressure gauge to No

measure if the pressure Refer to low pressure sensor error
is really low?
Yes
Yes Add refrigerant according to the nominal refrigerant volume

Check if the refrigerant in
the system is too low? on nameplate and the calculated charge volume
No
Check if the operation No

mode of indoor unit is set Refer to the Instruction Manual for Indoor Unit
properly?
Yes
Check if the gas valve and

No
liquid valve of outdoor unit Fully open the valve
are fully open?
Yes
Check if the front panel of No

outdoor unit is covered Cover up the front panel properly
tightly?
Yes
No
Check if the air inlet and outlet
of the indoor and outdoor Remove the obstructions
exchanger is smooth?
Yes
Yes
Check if the indoor and Measure the fan motor and
outdoor fans run normally? signal input
No
No
Check if the indoor swing Measure the swing motor
louver is fully open? and signal input
Yes
No
Check if the capacity output of
outdoor unit is equal to the Refer to the dial-up of indoor and outdoor unit
capacity demand of indoor
units?
Yes

electronic expansion valve Engage the valve body with the coil
can work normally
Yes
Yes
Check if the indoor / outdoor
filters or radiating fins are Refer to the Repair and Maintenance
dirty or blocked?
No
Focus on checking the inlet and outlet of the connection between indoor units and main
The system pipe is blocked pipe. Also focus on checking the electronic expansion valve of indoor unit and outdoor
unit. Replace the electronic expansion valve, drying filter and other parts
2.3 Exhaust Temperature Protection
Exhaust Temperature Protection
No Measure if the
Measure if the exhaust resistance of No
temperature of compressor temperature sensor
reaches 118℃? is correct?
Yes
When the exhaust No

temperature of compressor is Replace the mainboard of
higher than 115℃, check if the
corresponding liquid bypass outdoor unit Replace the corresponding exhaust
plug is connected through?
temperature sensor
Yes
Check if the corresponding liquid No

bypass sub-assembly is in good Replace the liquid bypass sub-assembly
condition, e.g. if the solenoid
valve is in good condition and if
the capillary pipe is blocked?
When the exhaust temperature No Check if the

of compressor is higher than electronic
No
102℃, Whether the openness expansion valve is
of corresponding indoor unit
electronic expansion valve is correct
increased?
Yes
Yes
Change the outdoor unit Change corresponding electronic
mainboard expansion valve sub-assy
When the exhaust No
temperature of compressor is Change the mainboard chip of the outdoor units
higher than 110℃, Whether
compressor reduces its
capacity?
Yes
No
Check if the capacity
output of outdoor unit is Refer to the dial-up of indoor and outdoor unit
equal to the capacity
demand of indoor units?
Yes Notes:
(1) The AC frequency conversion machine includes air-out senor
Repair the leakage of system pipe and and shell top sensor.
add refrigerant according to the required
volume (2) The temperature protection point in different machines are
different.
(3) There is no liquid refrigerant by-pass in frequency conversion
machine.
185
2.4 Compressor overcurrent protection

Abnormal overcurrent error
If the compressor No Adjust the compressor wiring

wiring is correct
Yes
No
If the current value is
higher than the preset
Replace the overcurrent protector
value of protector
Yes
If the high voltage No

Refer to high voltage protection
of unit is normal
Yes
No
If the voltage is Contact the power supply company
normal
Yes
The communication resumes to normal
Upon AC inverter startup overcurrent, the indicator will display the current protection.
Current protection
If the voltage is No
normal Adjust the power parameters
Yes
Remove the
compressor cables
and restart
If overcurrent No
protection Replace the compressor
Yes
Module damaged. Replace Note: For DC VRF unit, it is not allowed to test
the module with compressor cable removed.
186
Overcurrent occurs in operation, i.e. the indicator will display the current protection just after startup.
Check the indoor units for
matching
Within 135%
Correct the match of indoor units to
allowable capacity
Check if the charge volume is

too high
The charge volume is Adjust to allowable range stated

too high in the specifications
Use DC level to monitor P & N

voltage of the module
Voltage stabilized 252-330V, with DC capacitor damaged.

no fluctuation over 10V Replace it
Compressor damaged; module

damaged
187
2.5 Communication error
通讯故障error
Communication
检查否
No
Check if the 确认插头与插口的
Check the orientation of plug and socket
室内机通讯线连接是否
communication line of
indoor unit is connected 方位
正确？
是
Yes
测量否
No
Measure if the
通讯线是否为
communication line is 更换通讯线
Replace the communication line
through?
通路？
是
Yes
检查室内否
No
Check if the communication 确认插头与插口的
外机连接的通讯线连接
line of indoor and outdoor
Check the orientation of plug and socket
unit is是否正确？
connected correctly? 方位
Yes
是
检查通讯否
No
Check if the two ends of 请缠绕上随机配套
线两端是否分别套有
communication line are Please mount the included magnetic ring
mounted with magnetic ring? 的磁环
磁环？
是
Yes
查看所否
No
Check if the outdoor unit 请给室外机接通电
Please supply power to the outdoor unit
连室外机是否已
is electrically powered?
源
供电？
Yes
是
同系统否
No
If the address codes of 修改相关重复的地
Change the repeated address codes
中的室内机地址码是否
indoor units in the same
system are repeated? 址码
有重复？
Yes
是
线控器地址否
No
If the address code of wired
码和所连的室内机地址
controller complies with the 修改线控器地址码
Change the address code of wired controller
address code of the connected
码是否相符？
indoor unit?
188
a) Water-full protection
故障显示
Fault display
检查是否有水溢
Check if the water 否
No 液位开关端子的
If the voltage of liquid 否
No
overflows? level switch terminal Replace the mainboard of indoor unit
更换室内机主板
出？电压是否正确？is correct?
是
Yes 是
Yes
Check检查液位开关
the liquid level switch
If the drainage pump is 否

No 排水泵端子的电
If the voltage of 否
No
排水泵是否运转？
running? drainage pump Replace the mainboard of indoor unit
更换室内机主板
压是否正确？
terminal is correct?
是
Yes 是
Yes
Check 检查排水泵配线
the wiring of drainage pump
排水管是否疏通？
If the drainage pipe is No
否
unblocked and if the 调整排水管
Adjust the drainage pipe
流水是否顺畅？
water flow is smooth?
Yes
是
Check检查排水泵
the drainage pump
2.7 Error with room sensor, tube-inlet, tube middle and tube-exit sensor; error with room sensor, tube-inlet, tube
middle and tube-exit sensor and exhaust / casing top sensor; error with the compressor bottom sensor
Temperature sensor error
If the plug on temperature No

sensor is correctly connected Check the orientation of plug and socket
to the socket on mainboard?
Yes
Remove the temperature and

No
Replace the temperature sensor
measure if its resistance is
within normal range?
Yes
Replace the mainboard of indoor unit

2.8 No energization to the unit and mainboard
No energization to the unit

机组及主板不得电
and mainboard
Yes
是
If 机组内接线板L、N是否
the voltage of L & N on 否
No Check the power supply of
terminal board inside the unit 检查接线板电源是否故障
terminal board for any fault
为220V
is 220V
Yes
是
No
否
检查机组内空气开关
Check if the air switch in Put the air switch to ON
the unit is ON 将空气开关打为ON
是否打开 position
Yes
是
否
No
The air switch is damaged or
If the input of filter board 空气开关损坏或松脱
滤波板输入是否有电 loosened
is energized
Yes
是
No
否
If the output of filter Replace the filter board
滤波板输出是否有电
board is energized 更换滤波板
Yes
是
Replace the mainboard

更换主板
3.2 Introduction of Major Electrical Elements

Name Photo Function Introduction
Main functions: 1) Filter the

power interference and ensure
the anti-interference ability of
the unit under poor quality of
Filter board power supply; 2) Inhibit the
interference of the unit to the
power supply and prevent the
operation of unit from affecting
other electric appliances like TV.
For connecting and

disconnecting the circuit of main
Air switch
loop, provided with overcurrent
and short-circuit protection.
The IPM module integrates 3

pairs of complementary IGBT
tube and controls their
connection and disconnection
via PWM wave, so that the DC
bus voltage is applied to
different stator windings of the
IPM module
compressor in different time
section and the current is hence
generated on the stator.
Meanwhile, magnetic field is
induced on the rotor windings,
thus to push the rotor and drive
the compressor to run.
The PFC module integrates 4

diode tubes and 2 MOS tubes.
They convert the AC input
power into DC power.
PFC
Meanwhile, the connection and
module
disconnection of MOS tube is
controlled via PWM wave, thus
to realize the voltage rise under
the function of electric induction.
191
3 WIRING DIADRAM
3.1 Outdoor unit
GMV(L)-Pd100W/NaB-K,GMV(L)-Pd120W/NaB-K,GMV(L)-Pd140W/NaB-K
GMV(L)-Pd160W/NaB-K
192
3.2 Indoor unit

GMV-R22P/Na-K,GMV-R25P/Na-K,GMV-R28P/Na-K,GMV-R36P/Na-K,GMVL-R22P/Na-K ,GMVL-R25P/Na-K,GMVL
-R28P/Na-K,GMVL-R36P/Na-K
GMV-R45P/Na-K ,GMV-R50P/Na-K,GMVL-R45P/Na-K GMVL-R50P/Na-K,
193
GMV-R56P/Na-K,GMV-R71P/Na-K,GMV-R80P/Na-K,GMVL-R56P/Na-K,GMVL-R71P/Na-K,GMVL-R80P/Na-K
GMV-R90P/Na-K,GMV-R112P/Na-K,GMV-R140P/Na-K,GMVL-R90P/Na-K,GMVL-R112P/Na-K,GMVL-R140P/Na-K
194
GMV-R125P/Na-K,GMVL-R125P/Na-K
GMV-R22P/NaB-K、GMV-R28P/NaB-K、GMV-R36P/NaB-K、GMV-R45P/NaB-K、GMV-R56P/NaB-K、
GMV-R71P/NaB-K
195
GMV-R90P/NaB-K、GMV-R112P/NaB-K、GMV-R140P/NaB-K
C1 C2
GMV-R22PS/NaB-K、GMV-R28PS/NaB-K、GMV-R36PS/NaB-K
196
C1 C2
197
GMV-R22T/NaA-K、GMV-R28T/NaA-K、GMV-R36T/NaA-K、GMV-R45T/NaA-K
GMV-R28T/Na-K,GMV-R36T/Na-K,GMV-R45T/Na-K,GMV-R50T/Na-K,GMV-R56T/Na-K,GMV-R71T/Na-K,GMV-R8
0T/Na-K,GMV-R90T/Na-K,GMV-R112T/Na-K,GMV-R125T/Na-K,GMV-R140T/Na-K,GMVL-R28T/Na-K,GMVL-R36T/
Na-K,GMVL-R45T/Na-K,GMVL-R50T/Na-K,GMVL-R56T/Na-K,GMVL-R71T/Na-K,GMVL-R80T/Na-K,GMVL-R90T/
Na-K,GMVL-R112T/Na-K,GMVL-R125T/Na-K,GMVL-R140T/Na-K
Swing Motor
Limit Switch
Water Level Switch
Environment
1 Temp.sensor
Out
2
Temp.sensor
3 Mid
Temp.sensor
Manual Panel In
4
Temp.sensor
GMV-R22G/NaB-K,GMVL-R22G/NaB-K,GMV-R28G/NaB-K,GMVL-R28G/NaB-K,GMV-R36G/NaB-K,GMVL-R36G/N
aB-K,GMV-R45G/NaB-K,GMVL-R45G/NaB-K
198
GMV-R50G/NaB-K,GMV-R56G/NaB-K,GMVL-R50G/NaB-K,GMVL-R56G/NaB-K
GMV-R22G/NaC-K,GMV-R28G/NaC-K ,GMV-R36G/NaC-K,GMV-R45G/NaC-K,GMVL-R22G/NaC-K,GMVL-R28G/Na
C-K ,GMVL-R36G/NaC-K,GMVL-R45G/NaC-K
199
GMV-R71G/Na-K,GMV-R80G/Na-K,GMVL-R71G/Na-K,GMVL-R80G/Na-K
200
GMV-R28Zd/Na-K,GMV-R36Zd/Na-K,GMV-R50Zd/Na-K,GMV-R71Zd/Na-K,GMV-R90Zd/Na-K,GMV-R112Zd/Na-K,G
MV-R125Zd/Na-K,GMVL-R28Zd/Na-K,GMVL-R36Zd/Na-K,GMVL-R50Zd/Na-K,GMVL-R71Zd/Na-K,GMVL-R90Zd/N
a-K,GMVL-R112Zd/Na-K,GMVL-R125Zd/Na-K
GMV-R22Td/Na-K,GMV-R28Td/Na-K,GMV-R36Td/Na-K
4 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY PROCEDURE OF MAIN PARTS

4.1 Removal and Assembly of Outdoor Unit
Outdoor Unit of Side Outlet Structure
Removal and Installation of Compressor
Remark: Before removing the compressor, make sure that there is no refrigerant inside the pipe system and
that the power has been cut off.
Step Illustration Handling Instruction
1. Remove the ●Use screwdriver to loosen
power cord the screws fixing the power
Mark the power
cable colors and cable.
corresponding ●Pull out the power cable.
terminal codes Note: When removing the
during removal. power cable, please mark
the power cable color and
corresponding terminal, thus
to avoid error during
reinstallation.
2. Loosen the nuts ●Firstly, heat the connection
fixing the pipe of compressor by
compressor onto welding;
foundation. Heat by welding ● Then, pull out the
and pull the
exhaust / suction connection pipe.
pipe out. Note: During welding, take
care not to let the flame burn
other elements.
3 Loosen the nuts ●Use spanner to loosen the

fixing the nuts fixing the compressor
compressor onto onto the base seat
foundation.
Use spanner to
remove the bolts fixing
the compressor.
4. Remove the ● Remove the compressor

compressor from and replace it
chassis Note: When replacing the
compressor, take care not to
touch the pipes and
components beside.
Remove the
compressor
5. Fix the new ● Replace the compressor

compressor to and tighten the nuts fixing
chassis onto the base seat.
Use spanner to
remove the
bolts fixing the
compressor.
6. Connect the ●Weld the connection pipe

suction and of compressor and connect it
exhaust pipe of to the compressor
compressor to Note: During welding, take
system pipeline care not to let the flame burn
other elements.
Replace and lock the

compressor. Then, connect
the pipe properly.
7. Connect the ●Use screwdriver to tighten
power cables of Mark the power the screws fixing the power
compressor cable colors and
corresponding cable.
correctly terminal codes ●Connect the power cable
during removal.
correctly
Note: When connecting the
power cable, please take
care on the marking of
power cable color and
corresponding terminal
code.
8. Check and open ● Check if the pipe is
the cover plate connected properly;
● Check if the pipe is
connected properly;
● If no problem, close the
front and back cover plate.
Use spanner to
remove the bolts fixing
the compressor.
203
Disassembly and Assembly of 4-way valve

1. Disconnect the ● Firstly, remove the coil of 4-way
4-way valve from valve.
liquid bypass.
Loosen the four ● Loosen the liquid bypass
points by welding sub-assembly by welding; then, pull out
the connection pipe.
Note: During welding, take care not to
let the flame burn other elements.
2. Disconnect the ●Loosen the four joints on 4-way valve

Loosen the four
4-way valve from points by welding sub-assembly by welding; then, pull out
the pipe the connection pipe.
Note: During welding, take care not to
let the flame burn other elements.
3. Replace the ● Replace the 4-way valve and then

Weld this point
4-way valve and weld the four joints on 4-way valve
properly.
weld the 4-way sub-assembly.
valve to connection Replace the 4-way valve and then weld
pipe the four joints on 4-way valve
sub-assembly.
4. Replace the ●Weld the joint between 4-way valve

Weld this point on
4-way valve and gas bypass valve sub-assembly and liquid bypass
weld the 4-way sub-assembly.
valve to liquid Note: During welding, take care not to
bypass let the flame burn other elements.
sub-assembly
Removal and Installation of electronic expansion valve

1. Disconnect the ● Remove the coil of
electronic expansion valve electronic expansion valve;
from connection pipe ● Loosen the connection
pipe of electronic expansion
valve by welding; then pull
out the connection pipe.
Note: During welding, take
other elements.
2. Remove and replace the ●Remove and replace the

electronic expansion valve electronic expansion valve
3. Weld the electronic ● Weld the connection pipe

expansion valve to of electronic expansion valve.
connection pipe Note: During welding, take
other elements.
Removal and Installation of Oil Separator

1. Disconnect the oil ●Loosen the three joints on oil
separator from the separator sub-assembly by
connection pipe welding; then, pull out the
connection pipe.
other elements.
2 Loosen the screws fixing ● Use screwdriver to loosen

the oil separator the screws fixing the oil
separator.
3. Remove the oil separator ● Remove the oil separator

and replace it and replace it
4．Tighten the screws fixing ● Use screwdriver to tighten

the oil separator the screws fixing the oil
separator.
5. Weld the oil separator to ●Weld the three joints on oil

the connection pipe separator sub-assembly.
other elements.
206
Removal and Installation of Gas-Liquid Separator

1. Removal and ● Loosen the two joints on
Installation of Gas-Liquid gas-liquid separator by welding;
Separator then, pull out the connection pipe.
Note: During welding, take care
not to let the flame burn other
elements.
2. Loosen the screws ●Use screwdriver to loosen the

fixing the gas-liquid screws fixing the gas-liquid
separator separator.
3. Remove the gas-liquid ● Remove the gas-liquid

separator and replace it separator and replace it
4. Tighten the screws ●Use screwdriver to tighten the

fixing the gas-liquid screws fixing the gas-liquid
separator separator.
5. Weld the gas-liquid ● Weld the two joints on

separator to the gas-liquid separator; then,
connection pipe connect the pipe properly.
Note: During welding, take care
not to let the flame burn other
elements.
207
Removal and Installation of Liquid Tank

1. Disconnect the liquid tank ● Disconnect the liquid
from connection pip tank from connection pip
care not to let the flame
burn other elements.
2. Loosen the bolts fixing ● Use spanner to loosen

the liquid tank the bolts fixing the liquid
tank.
3. Remove the liquid tank ● Remove the liquid tank

and replace it. and replace it.
4 Tighten the bolts fixing the ● Use spanner to tighten

liquid tank the bolts fixing the liquid
tank.
5. Weld the liquid tank to ● Weld the two joints on

connection pipe liquid tank; then, connect
the pipe properly.
Weld the two joints on
liquid tank; then, connect
the pipe properly.
208
4.2 Removal and Assembly of Indoor Unit

z Cassette-type Unit
Removal and Assembly of Fan Motor
1. Loosen the screws fixing ● Use screwdriver to loosen
the water tray the screws fixing the water tray
2. Remove the water tray ●Remove the water tray
3. Loosen the bolts fixing the ●Use spanner to loosen the

fan bolts fixing the fan.
4. Remove the fan ● Remove the
fan
5. Loosen the screws fixing ● Use screwdriver to loosen

the motor the screws fixing the motor
209
6. Remove the motor and ● Remove the motor and

replace it replace it
7. Tighten the screws fixing ● Use screwdriver to tighten

the motor the screws fixing the motor.
8. Mount the fan and tighten ● Mount the fan and use
the fixing bolts spanner to tighten the bolts
fixing the fan.
9. Mount the water tray and ● Use screwdriver to loosen

tighten the screws Tighten these screws
the screws fixing the water tray
210
Removal and Installation of Drainage Pump

1. Loosen the screws fixing ● Use screwdriver to
the water tray loosen the screws fixing
the water tray
2. Remove the water tray ● Remove the water

pump and replace it.
3. Pull out the water outlet ●Pull out the water outlet
pipe and loosen the screws pipe and use screwdriver
fixing the water pump. 1.Loosen the water outlet pipe to loosen the screws
2.Loosen the screws fixing the water pump
fixing the water pump
4 Remove the water pump ● Remove the water

and replace it. pump and replace it.
5. Connect the drainage hose ● Connect the drainage

and tighten the screws fixing 1.Tighten the drainage pipe hose and use
the water pump. 2.Tighten the screws fixing screwdriver to tighten the
the drainage pump screws fixing the water
pump.
6. Mount the water tray and ● Use screwdriver to

tighten the screws tighten the screws fixing
the water tray
z 1-way Cassette-type Unit

1．Remove the ●Press switch on
front panel both side of the
panle. Open one side
of the panel and
remove the three
opposite buckles.
Remove the front
panel.
2．Remove the ●Loosen the screw

screw of front with screwdriver
panel
3．Remove the ●Remove the

panel. panel.
4．Loosen the ●Use screwdriver to

screws fixing loosen the screws
the water tray fixing the water tray
5．Remove the ●Remove the water

water tray and tray and filter support
filter support
212
6．Loosen the ●Loosen the fixing

fixing screw of screw of motor cover
motor cover with screwdriver
7. Remove ●Remove motor

motor cover cover subassembly
subassembly
8. Loosen the Rotate the cross flow

screw fixing blade to make the
motor and screw upward.
motor shaft Loosen the screw
with screwdriver.
9. Replace the ●Remove the motor

motor and mount a new one
10. Mount the ●Mount the motor

motor cover cover subassembly
subassembly and tighten the fixing
and tighten the screw of motor cover
screw and cross flow blade.
213
11 Mount water ●Mount water tray

tray and filter and filter support.
support. Fix the tighten the screw
screw. fixing water tray and
filter support.
12. Mount ●Mount panel

panel subassembly and
subassembly tighten the screw.
and tighten the
screw.

subassembly press the switch on
both side of the
panel.
214
Removal and Assembly of Water Pump

Step Illustration Handling
Instruction
1． Remove the ●Press switch on
panel both side of the
subassembly panle. Open one
side of the panel
and remove the
three opposite
buckles. Remove
the front panel.
2． Loosen the ●Loosen the screw

screw fixing fixing panel
subassembly main body with
and main body screwdriver
3．Take out the ●Take out the

panel panel subassembly
subassembly
4．Loosen the ●Loosen the screw

screw of water of water tray with
tray screwdriver
5．Remove the ●Remove the

water tray and water tray and
filtering screen filtering screen
support support
215
6． Loosen the ●Loosen the fixing

fixing screw of screw of water
water pump pump with
screwdriver. Pull
off the drain pipe
from the water
pump.
7. Replace the ●Remove the

water pump water pump and
mount a new one.
8. Connect the ●Connect the

water pump water pump and
and drain pipe. drain pipe. Tighten
Tighten the the fixing screws.
fixing screws.
11. Mount the ●Mount the water

water tray and tray and filtering
filtering screen screen support and
support and tighten the screw.
tighten the
screw

subassembly tighten the screw.
and tighten the
screw.
216

subassembly press the switch on
both side of the
panel.。
217
z Ultra-thin Duct-Type Unit

Remarks: Before removing the fan, make sure to cut off the power firstly.
1. Unplug the ●Cut off the power supply
motor cables of indoor unit. Use
screwdriver to remove the
electric box cover and
unplug the motor cables
in electric box.
2. Remove the ●Loosen the clamp

back propeller between back propeller
housing housing and front
propeller housing.
Remove the back
propeller housing
3. Remove the ●Use screwdriver to

front propeller loosen the screws fixing
housing the front propeller
housing. Remove the
front propeller housing.
4. Loosen the fan ●Use inner hexagonal

and motor. spanner to loosen the
screws on fan and
remove the clamp fixing
the motor.
5. Remove the ●Firstly, disengage the

motor motor from motor support
and then disengage the
fan from the motor. Then,
remove the motor from
the lower return air inlet
frame. In which, for the
motor with automatic
motor support, the motor
support shall be removed
in advance and then
changed to the unit.
6. Replace with a ●Assemble the unit in
new motor reverse to the
disassembly procedures
and energize it for testing.
218
z Duct-Type Unit
1. Unplug the motor ●Cut off the power
cables supply of indoor unit.
Use screwdriver to
remove the electric box
cover and unplug the
motor cables in electric
box.
2. Remove the cover of ●Use screwdriver to

return air inlet remove the lower return
air inlet cover board.
3. Remove the back ●Loosen the clamp

propeller housing between back propeller
housing and front
propeller housing.
Remove the back
propeller housing.
4. Remove the front ●Use screwdriver to

propeller housing loosen the screws fixing
the front propeller
housing. Remove the
front propeller housing.
5. Loosen the fan and ●Use inner hexagonal

motor. spanner to loosen the
screws on fan and
the motor.
6. Remove the motor ●Firstly, disengage the

motor from motor
support and then
disengage the fan from
the motor. Then, remove
the motor from the lower
return air inlet frame. In
which, for the motor with
automatic motor
support, the motor
support shall be
removed in advance and
then changed to the unit.
219
7. Replace with a new ●Assemble the unit in

motor reverse to the
disassembly procedures
and energize it for
testing.
220
z Duct-Type Unit（5.6 kW～8.0 kW）

1. Unplug the motor ●Cut off the power
cables supply of indoor unit.
Use screwdriver to
remove the electric
box cover and unplug
the motor cables in
electric box.
2. Remove the filter ●Remove the filter

sub-assembly and sub-assembly from the
return air inlet cover return air inlet frame
board and use screwdriver to
remove the return air
inlet cover board.。
3. Remove the screws ●Remove the screws

on fan sub-assembly. on fan sub-assembly.
4. Overturn the ●Rotate the propeller

propeller housing housing to the return
air inlet opening
according to arrow
direction.
5. Loosen the fan and ●Use inner hexagonal

motor. spanner to loosen the
screws on fan and
remove the clamp
fixing the motor.
6. Replace the motor ●Firstly, disengage the

motor from motor
support. Then,
sequentially
disengage the fan
sub-assembly form the
motor shaft. Remove
the motor from the
return air inlet and
replace with new
motor. In which, for the
motor with automatic
motor support, the
motor support shall be
removed in advance
and then changed to
the unit.
7. Assemble the unit ●Assemble the unit in
in reverse to the reverse to the
disassembly disassembly
procedures procedures and
energize it for testing.
222
z Duct-Type Unit（9.0 kW～14 kW）

1. Unplug the ●Cut off the power
motor cables supply of indoor unit.
Use screwdriver to
remove the electric box
cover and unplug the
motor cables in electric
box.
2. Remove the ●Remove the filter

filter sub-assembly sub-assembly from the
and return air inlet return air inlet frame and
cover board use screwdriver to
remove the return air
inlet cover board.。
3. Remove the ●Remove the screws on

screws on fan fan sub-assembly.
sub-assembly.
4. Overturn the ●Rotate the propeller

propeller housing housing to the return air
inlet opening according
to arrow direction.
5. Loosen the fan ●Use inner hexagonal

and motor. spanner to loosen the
screws on fan and
the motor.
6. Replace the ●Firstly, disengage the

motor motor from motor
support. Then,
sequentially disengage
the fan sub-assembly
form the motor shaft.
Remove the motor from
the return air inlet and
replace with new motor.
In which, for the motor
with automatic motor
support, the motor
support shall be
removed in advance
and then changed to the
unit.
7. Assemble the ●Assemble the unit in

unit in reverse to reverse to the
the disassembly disassembly procedures
procedures and energize it for
testing.
224
z Wall-mounted Unit
Removal and Wall-mounted Unit Assembly of Fan Motor
Remarks: Before removing the compressor, make sure that there is no refrigerant inside the pipe system and
that the power has been cut off.
1. Firstly, ●Firstly, use
remove screwdriver to loosen
the front the screws.
panel, ●Unplug the motor
front case terminals in the electric
and box. Loosen the earth
electric screws and lift up.
box
2. Remove Screw ●Firstly, use

the screwdriver to remove
evaporator the fixing screws on the
left and right side. Then,
remove the evaporator.
3. Remove ●Use screwdriver to

the motor remove the screws
and cross fixing the motor clamp
flow fan and remove the screws
connecting the motor
and cross flow fan.
Then, the motor can be
separated from the
cross flow fan.
Screw
2.9 PFC protection
E5 displayed on
hand controller
Monitor display Mainboard nixietube
PFC abnorma Display Hc
Cut off the power for 1

minute or reduce the
busbar voltage to 36V or
lower. Then, check the
mainboard.
No If it is moistened,
dirty or short
circuited?
Yes
Dry the PFC board and

clear off the dirt or
eliminate the
short-circuit point.
Work normally? Check if +15V in the

No mainboard is stable, No
as well as 1,2 role
of 15VA
Yes Yes
1. If it is moistened, find out the cause and Check if the PFC in Yes
take proper measures to prevent moisture. Dry the mainboard is
the PFV board and apply moisture-proof glue. damaged
2. If it is dirty, find out the cause and take
dustproof measures. If the air quality of
service environment is poor, it is also required No
to clear off the dirt periodically.
3. If it is short circuit, find out the cause and
clean the electric box to prevent the iron
scraps or other conductive substances from Replace the mainboard
attaching on the board.
Record and feed back

2.10 IPM protection
E5 displayed on
hand controller
IPM protection Display Hc
Cut off the power for 1

minute or reduce the
busbar voltage to 36V
or lower. Then, Check
Mainboard.
If it is moistened,
No dirty or short
circuited?
Yes
If it is moistened, dirty
or short circuited?
Please check the Yes

Work normally? No compressor
connections or
winding for short
circuiting or other
troubles.
Yes No
Check if +15V in No
the mainboard is
stable, as well as
1,2 role of 15VA
Yes
1. If it is moistened, find out the cause and Yes

take proper measures to prevent moisture. Check if the IPM in
Dry the PFV board and apply the mainboard is
damaged
moisture-proof glue.
2. If it is dirty, find out the cause and take
dustproof measures. If the air quality of No
service environment is poor, it is also
required to clear off the dirt periodically.
3. If it is short circuit, find out the cause and
clean the electric box to prevent the iron Replace the Tighten the compressor
scraps or other conductive substances Mainboard. wire again and adjust
from attaching on the board. phase sequence.
Record and feed

back
2.11 Tripping
Tripping
Check if it is
Yes
leakage and
the switch
changed,
No
If the switching
capacity can No
meet the
requirements?
Yes
No
Tripped once
energized
Yes
The system is Please mount the In case the

electric switches leakage flow is
Check if the abnormal. Please too big, find out
PFC module in check the compressor according to the
No capacity specified in the leakage point
the mainboard connections or winding the instruction. and handle it.
is short for short circuiting or
Yes circuiting. other troubles.
Change the Check if the Check if the

relay K8 in No IPM module in No
mainboard, and
mainboard is the mainboard
check if the AC is short
connected.
contactors are circuiting.
blocking, and Yes
ensure no short Yes
circuiting
between P-N.
Change the Replace Check the

mainboard if the the wiring
relay is Mainboard. diagram.
damaged.
Record and
feed back
2.12 Radiator overheat protection
E5 displayed on
hand controller
Radiator
overheat Display Hc
protection
If the air outlet and air

If the outdoor No intake of the outdoor unit
unit is in is short circuited, it will
good cause the radiating
radiation? effect to become poor.
Yes
Yes If the radiator is dirty or

If the radiator blocked, it will cause the
is dirty or radiating effect to
blocked? become poor.
No
If the modules are not

If the modules No tightened, excess
are tightened? temperature could be
caused in the modules
even burning down.
Yes
The uneven coating of the silicate

If the module gel could result in bad cooling of the
No modules, or uneven temperature, or
is uniformly
coated? modules burning down due to the
sensor failed to detect the excess
temperature at some part.
Yes
Too much roller coatings

if the module No of the cooling silicate gel
silicate gel could affect the cooling
meets the effectiveness and even
requirement burn the modules.
Yes
Please check if the

sensor and its
resistor divider is in
normal condition or
mount the modules
again and tighten
them.
Record and feed

back
2.13 Overvoltage protection of DC voltage
E5 displayed
on hand
controller
Overvoltage
protection of Display Hc
DC voltage
If the input power

voltage is within No
185V-264V?
Yes
If it happens during the

compressor operating?
Yes
No
How many times does Yes If it happens during the

No
it happen within 1 compressor frequency
hour? reduction?
No
Yes
It is caused by the speed Please cut off the power

Please check the immediately once the
obstruction source if it reduction of the
compressor. Please network voltage is
cause by obstruction, Change the mainboard. excess high, otherwise it
and strengthen check if the compressor
is in normal condition if could cause the machine
obstruction anti damaged or breaking out
measures. this has been detected.
of fire.
Record and feed

back
3 Power Distribution
3.1 Principle of Power Distribution
Control signals for temperature sensor,

electronic expansion valve and HV/LV
Air switch switch
Filter Mainboard Indoor

board unit
Control signals for 4-way valve, air

Compres bypass and electric heater
sor
(The coarse line refer to control line and the fine line refers to control line)
231
5 EXPLODED VIEWS AND PART LIST

5.1 Exploded Views and Parts List of Outdoor Unit
1) GMV(L)-Pd100W/NaB-K,GMV(L)-Pd120W/NaB-K,GMV(L)-Pd140W/NaB-K,GMV(L)-Pd160W/NaB-K
232
No. Part Name Code Qty.

1 Front Plate 01435436 1
2 Rear Grill 01475432 1
3 Top Cover 01255262 1
01124159①
4 Condenser Assy 1
01124158②
5 Electric Box Cover 01424235 1
6 Clapboard 01244132 1
7 Retaining Plate 01844135 1
01394528③
01394799④
8 Electric Box Assy 1
01394802⑤
01394797⑥
9 Main Board 30226217 1
10 Filter Board 30228115 1
11 capacitance 33010037 2
12 Bipolar Air Switch 46020018 1
13 Terminal Board 42011242 1
14 Connection Pipe 05024915 1
No. Part Name Code Qty.
15 Inhalation Tube Sub-Assy 04674170 1
16 LOW PRESSURE SWITCH 46020007 1
17 Capillary Sub-Assy 04104154 1
18 Capacitor 4312002101 1
19 Gas by-pass valve sub-assy 07334329 1
20 Electromagnetic Valve 43000054 1
21 Rear Side Plate Sub-Assy 01314212 1
22 Solenoid Coil 4304000403 1
23 Handle 26235253 2
25 Front Side Plate Sub-Assy 01305430 1
27 Discharge Tube Sub-Assy 04634226 1
28 Pressure Protect Switch 4602000902 1
29 Discharge Tube Sub-Assy 04634227 1
30 High-pressure Accumulator 07228739 1
31 Valve Support Sub-Assy 01715001 1
32 Cut-off Valve 07130209 1
07103030⑦
33 Cut-off Valve 1
07130212⑧
34 EXV sub-assy 07334161 1
35 Electric expand vavle 07334102 1
36 Retaining Plate Sub-Assy 01844134 1
37 Compressor 01844134P 1
38 Clapboard 00205224 1
39 Motor Support 01244112 1
40 Base Plate Sub-Assy 01804113 1
41 Axial Flow Fan φ472X165 01194133P 1
42 Fan Motor 15013302⑨ 2
233
15704113⑩
43 Capacitor BOX 01424173 1
44 Panel Grille 22414102 2
45 4-wayValveSub-Assy 04144169 1
46 4-Way Valve 43000338 1
47 4-way Valve Fittings 4300040029 1
48 Gas-liquid Separator 07228767 1
49 Support 01804201 1
50 Wiring 40110142 1
51 Connection Wire 4003014301 1
52 Magnet Coil for Electronic Expansion Valve 4300010822 1
Note:
1. Condenser Assy ① is only applicable toGMV(L)-Pd100W/NaB-K,GMV(L)-Pd120W/NaB-K
2. Condenser Assy ② is only applicable to GMV(L)-Pd140W/NaB-K,GMV(L)-Pd160W/NaB-K
3. Electric Box Assy ③ is only applicable to GMV(L)-Pd100W/NaB-K
4. Electric Box Assy ④ is only applicable to GMV(L)-Pd120W/NaB-K
7. Cut-off Valve ⑦ is only applicable to GMV(L)-Pd100W/NaB-K,GMV(L)-Pd120W/NaB-K, GMV(L)-Pd140W/NaB-K
8. Cut-off Valve is ⑧ is only applicable to GMV(L)-Pd160W/NaB-K
9. Fan Motor is only applicable to GMV(L)-Pd100W/NaB-K,GMV(L)-Pd120W/NaB-K,GMV(L)-Pd140W/NaB-K
10. Fan Motor is only applicable to GMV(L)-Pd160W/NaB-K
234
5.2 Exploded Views and Parts List of Indoor Unit

5.2 .1 4-way Cassette Type Unit
（ 1 ） GMV(L)-R28T/Na-K, GMV(L)-R36T/Na-K, GMV(L)-R45T/Na-K, GMV(L)-R50T/Na-K, GMV(L)-R56T/Na-K,
GMV(L)-R71T/Na-K, GMV(L)-R80T/Na-K
235
GMV-R28T/Na-K,GMV-R36T/Na-K GMVL-R28T/Na-K,GMVL-R36T/Na-K
No. Part Name
Code Qty. Code Qty.
1 Tube Exit Plate 01382710 1 01382710 1
2 Body Fixed Plate 01332701 4 01332701 4
3 Front Side Plate 01302717 1 01302717 1
4 Left Side Plate 01302740 1 01302740 1
5 Base Plate 01222702 1 01222702 1
6 Rear Side Plate 01302719 1 01302719 1
7 Bottom Foam 52012716 1 52012716 1
8 Motor Gasket 76712711 3 76712711 3
9 Bolt 70212701 3 70212701 3
10 Motor Fixer 01702701 1 01702701 1
11 Fan Motor 15704901 1 15704901 1
12 Centrifugal Fan 10312721 1 10312721 1
13 Evaporator Connection 01072004 1 01072004 1
14 Cable-cross Loop 76513101 2 76513101 2
15 shunt 072287842 1 072287842 1
16 Water Tray 12412701 1 12412701 1
17 Screw 70140032 4 70140032 4
18 Electric Box Base Plate 01412721 1 01412721 1
19 Flow Guide Loop 10372701 1 10372701 1
20 Electric Box 20102701 1 20102701 1
21 Wire Clamp 71010102 4 71010102 4
22 Terminal Board T360B 42011222 1 42011222 1
23 Transformer 43110233 1 43110233 1
24 Electric Box Cover I 20102702 1 20102702 1
25 Electric Box Cover II 20102703 1 20102703 1
26 Main Board 30226316 1 30226316 1
27 Capacitor 33010010 1 33010010 1
28 Rubber plug 76712701 1 76712701 1
29 Evaporator 01038778 1 01038778 1
30 Evaporator Support 01072003 2 01072003 2
31 Nut with Washer M6 70310012 1 70310012 1
32 Bolt subassembly 70210051 1 70210051 1
33 Pipe Pump PJV-1415 43130324 1 43130324 1
34 Pump Gasket 76712702 3 76712702 3
35 Pump Support 01332001 1 01332001 1
36 Water Level Switch 45010201 1 45010201 1
37 Drainage hose Pump 05232721 1 05232721 1
38 Right Side Plate 01302710 1 01302710 1
39 Cable-cross Loop 76512702 1 76512702 1
40 Pump Cover 01252710 1 01252710 1
41 Bolt 70212701 3 70212701 3
Electronic Expansive 0713411201/07334 0713411201/0733428
42 1 1
Valve 281 1
236
GMV-R45T/Na-K,GMV-R50T/Na-K GMVL-R45T/Na-K,GMVL-R50T/Na-K
No. Part Name
Code Qty. Code Qty.
1 Tube Exit Plate 01382710 1 01382710 1
2 Body Fixed Plate 01332701 4 01332701 4
3 Front Side Plate 01302717 1 01302717 1
4 Left Side Plate 01302740 1 01302740 1
5 Base Plate 01222702 1 01222702 1
6 Rear Side Plate 01302719 1 01302719 1
7 Bottom Foam 52012716 1 52012716 1
8 Motor Gasket 76712711 3 76712711 3
9 Bolt 70212701 3 70212701 3
10 Motor Fixer 01702701 1 01702701 1
11 Fan Motor 15704901 1 15704901 1
12 Centrifugal Fan 10312721 1 10312721 1
14 Cable-cross Loop 76513101 2 76513101 2
15 shunt 07228807 1 07228807 1
16 Water Tray 12412701 1 12412701 1
17 Screw 70140032 4 70140032 4
19 Flow Guide Loop 10372701 1 10372701 1
20 Electric Box 20102701 1 20102701 1
21 Wire Clamp 71010102 4 71010102 4
23 Transformer 43110233 1 43110233 1
26 Main Board 30226316 1 30226316 1
27 Capacitor 33010010 1 33010010 1
28 Rubber plug 76712701 1 76712701 1
29 Evaporator 01038778 1 01038778 1
31 Nut with Washer M6 70310012 1 70310012 1
33 Pipe Pump PJV-1415 43130324 1 43130324 1
34 Pump Gasket 76712702 3 76712702 3
35 Pump Support 01332001 1 01332001 1
38 Right Side Plate 01302710 1 01302710 1
39 Cable-cross Loop 76512702 1 76512702 1
40 Pump Cover 01252710 1 01252710 1
41 Bolt 70212701 3 70212701 3
Electronic Expansive 0713411201/07334 0713411201/07334
42 1 1
Valve 281 281
237
GMV-R56/63/71/80T/Na-K GMVL-R56/63/71/80T/Na-K
No. Part Name
Code Qty. Code Qty.
1 Tube Exit Plate 01382711 1 01382711 1
2 Body Fixed Plate 01332701 4 01332701 4
3 Front Side Plate 01302718 1 01302718 1
4 Left Side Plate 01302715 1 01302715 1
5 Base Plate 01222702 1 01222702 1
6 Rear Side Plate 01302714 1 01302714 1
7 Bottom Foam 52012711 1 52012711 1
8 Motor Gasket 76712711 3 76712711 3
9 Bolt 70212701 3 70212701 3
10 Motor Fixer 01702701 1 01702701 1
11 Fan Motor 15704102 1 15704102 1
12 Centrifugal Fan 10312705 1 10312705 1
14 Cable-cross Loop 76513101 2 76513101 2
15 shunt 07228806 1 07228806 1
16 Water Tray 12412701 1 12412701 1
17 Screw 70140032 4 70140032 4
18 Electric Box Base Plate 01412721 01412721
1 1
19 Flow Guide Loop 10372701 1 10372701 1
20 Electric Box 20102701 1 20102701 1
21 Wire Clamp 71010102 4 71010102 4
23 Transformer 43110233 1 43110233 1
26 Main Board 30226316 1 30226316 1
27 Capacitor 33010010 1 33010010 1
28 Rubber plug 76712701 1 76712701 1
29 Evaporator 01004641 1 01004641 1
31 Nut with Washer M6 70310012 1 70310012 1
33 Pipe Pump PJV-1415 43130324 1 43130324 1
34 Pump Gasket 76712702 3 76712702 3
35 Pump Support 01332001 1 01332001 1
38 Right Side Plate 01302716 1 01302716 1
39 Cable-cross Loop 76512702 1 76512702 1
40 Pump Cover 01252711 1 01252711 1
41 Bolt 70212701 3 70212701 3
42 Electronic Expansive Valve 0713411401 1 0713411401 1
238
（2） GMV(L)-R90T/Na-K,GMV(L)-R112T/Na-K,GMV(L)-R125T/Na-K
239
GMV-R90/112/125/Na-K GMVL-R90/112/125/Na-K
No. Part Name
Code Qty. Code Qty.
1 Tube Exit Plate 01382711 1 01382711 1
2 Body Fixed Plate 01332701 4 01332701 4
3 Front Side Plate 01302713 1 01302713 1
4 Left Side Plate `01302711 1 `01302711 1
5 Base Plate 01222702 1 01222702 1
6 Rear Side Plate 01302709 1 01302709 1
7 Bottom Foam 52012717 1 52012717 1
8 Motor Gasket 76712711 3 76712711 3
9 Bolt 70212701 3 70212701 3
10 Motor Fixer 01702701 1 01702701 1
11 Fan Motor 15704103 1 15704103 1
12 Centrifugal Fan 10310101 1 10310101 1
14 Cable-cross Loop 76512702 2 76512702 2
15 shunt 07228804 1 07228804 1
16 Electronic Expansive Valve `07334102 1 `07334102 1
17 Water Tray 12412701 1 12412701 1
18 Screw 70140032 4 70140032 4
20 Flow Guide Loop 10372701 1 10372701 1
21 Electric Box 20102701 1 20102701 1
22 Wire Clamp 71010102 4 71010102 4
24 Transformer 43110233 1 43110233 1
27 Main Board 30226316 1 30226316 1
28 Capacitor 33010012 1 33010012 1
29 Rubber plug 76712701 1 76712701 1
30 Evaporator 01004640 1 01004640 1
32 Nut with Washer M6 70310012 1 70310012 1
34 Pipe Pump PJV-1415 43130324 1 43130324 1
35 Pump Gasket 76712702 3 76712702 3
36 Pump Support 01332001 1 01332001 1
39 Right Side Plate 01302716 1 01302716 1
40 Cable-cross Loop 76512702 1 76512702 1
41 Pump Cover 01252711 1 01252711 1
42 Bolt 70212701 3 70212701 3
240
（3）GMV-R22T/NaA-K、GMVL-R22T/NaA –K、GMV-R28T/NaA-K、GMVL-R28T/NaA -Kexploded views
241
Product Code CM500N0100

1 Display Board 1 30296309
2 Water Tray 1 20182703
3 Water Tray Foam for Fresh Air Intaking 1 12312702
4 Water Tray Foam 1 12312703
5 Fan Fixer 1 76712709
6 Centifugal Fan 1 10312702
7 Motor FN11T-1 1 15704114
8 Evap Support 1 01844136
9 Evaporator Assy 1 010027071
11 Motor Gasket 1 76712705
12 Water Tray support 1 01332706
13 Front Side Plate 1 01302741
14 Body Fixer 1 01332705
15 Right Side Plate 1 01302743
16 Tube-exit plate 1 01382719
17 Cable-cross Loop 1 76515202
18 Noise Elimination Box 1 07444103
19 Electronic Expansion Valve 1 07334282
20 Expansion Valve Winding 1 4304000101
21 Wire Clamp 2 71010102
22 Electric Box Assy 1 01394806
24 Transformer 1 43110226
25 Capacitor CBB61 2.5uF/450VAC 1 33010026
26 Main PCB Z6G25C 1 30226199
28 Base Plate 1 01222712
29 Cord Baffle Plate 1 01362701
30 Connecting Wire 1 40010232
31 Left Baffle Plate 1 01362703
32 Evap Connection 1 01072713

33 Water Level Switch Support 1 24212705
34 Right Baffle Plate 1 01362702
35 Water Level Switch 1 45012701
36 Pump Gasket 1 1 76712707
37 Pump Gasket 2 1 76712708
38 Pump Drainage 1 05232722
39 Pump Support 1 1332707
40 Water Pump PSB-7 1 43130320
41 Wire Clamp 1 71010105
242
(4)GMV-R36T/NaA -K、GMVL-R36T/NaA -K、GMV-R45T/NaA -K、GMVL-R45T/NaA -K、exploded views
243
Product Code CM500N0120

2 Water Tray 1 20182703
3 Water Tray Foam for Fresh Air Intaking 1 12312702
4 Water Tray Foam 1 12312703
5 Fan Fixer 1 76712709
6 Centifugal Fan 1 10312702
7 Motor FN11T-1 1 15704114
8 Evap Support 1 01072714
11 Motor Gasket 1 76712705
12 Water Tray support 1 01332706
13 Front Side Plate 1 01302741
14 Body Fixer 1 01332705
15 Right Side Plate 1 01302743
16 Tube-exit plate 1 01382719
17 Cable-cross Loop 1 76515202
18 Noise Elimination Box 1 07444103
19 Electronic Expansion Valve 1 07334282
20 Expansion Valve Winding 1 4304000101
21 Wire Clamp 2 71010102
25 Capacitor CBB61 2.5uF/450VAC 1 33010026
26 Main PCB Z6G25C 1 30226199
28 Base Plate 1 01222712
29 Cord Baffle Plate 1 01362701
31 Left Baffle Plate 1 01362703
32 Evap Connection 1 01072713
33 Water Level Switch Support 1 24212705
34 Right Baffle Plate 1 01362702
35 Water Level Switch 1 45012701
36 Pump Gasket 1 1 76712707
37 Pump Gasket 2 1 76712708
38 Pump Drainage 1 05232722
39 Pump Support 1 1332707
40 Water Pump PSB-7 1 43130320
41 Wire Clamp 1 71010105
Note：① is only the part of GMV-R28T/NaA-K;
② is only the part of GMVL-R36T/NaA-K;
244
5.2 .2 Duct Type Unit

（1）GMV(L)-R22P/Na-K,GMV(L)-R25P/Na-K,GMV(L)-R28P/Na-K,GMV(L)-R32P/Na-K,GMV(L)-R36P/Na-K
245
GMV(L)-R22P/Na-K,GMV(L)-R25P/N GMV(L)-R28P/Na-K,GMV(L)-R32P/
No. Part Name a-K Na-K,GMV(L)-R36P/Na-K
Code Qty. Code Qty.
1 Top Cover Sub-assy 01259052 1 01259052 1
2 Hook 02112446 2 02112446 2
3 Seal of Left Side Plate Sub-assy 01499051 1 01499051 1
4 Seal of Connection Pipe Sub-assy 01499053 1 01499053 1
5 Electric Box Assy 01408739 1 01394605 1
6 Left Side Plate Sub-assy 01308788 1 01308788 1
7 Left Support of Evaporator 01078774 1 01078774 1
8 Liquid-entered Pipe Sub-assy 03334601 1 03338810 1
9 Collect Gas Pipe Sub-assy 01305018 1 04674609 1
10 Evaporator Sub-assy 01038785 1 01038786 1
11 Fan Fixed Plate Sub-assy 01339095 1 01339095 1
12 Centrifugal fan 10319051 1 10319051 1
13 Return air inlet side-board Sub-assy 01499055 1 01499055 1
14 Motor 15019053 1 15019522 1
15 Centrifugal fan 10319051 1 10319051 1
16 Bottom Cover 01259086 1 01259086 1
17 Cover of Air-in 01259056 1 01259056 1
18 Water Tray Assy 01279051 1 01279051 1
19 Right Side Plate Sub-assy 01309055 1 01309055 1
20 Hook 02112446 2 02112446 2
22 Return air inlet side-board Sub-assy 01498783 1 01498783 1
246
（2）GMV(L)-R40P/Na-K,GMV(L)-R45P/Na-K,GMV(L)-R50P/Na-K
247
GMV(L)-R40P/Na-K,GMV(L)-R45P/Na-K,GMV(L)-R50P/Na-K
No. Part Name
Code Qty.
1 Top Cover Sub-assy 01259064 1
2 Hook 02112446 2
3 Seal of Connection Pipe 2 01498644 1
4 Seal of Connection Pipe 1 01498604 1
6 Left Side Plate Sub-assy 01308668 1
7 Left Support of Evaporator 01078629 1
8 Liquid-entered Pipe Sub-assy 04324601 1
9 Collect Gas Pipe Sub-assy 04674601 1
10 Evaporator Sub-assy 01038623 1
11 Fan Fixed Plate Sub-assy 01339058 1
12 Centrifugal fan 10319051 1
13 Return air inlet Sub-assy 01499061 1
14 Motor FG70B 15018322 1
15 Centrifugal fan 10319051 1
16 Bottom Cover 01258649 1
17 Cover of Air-in 01258650 1
18 Water Tray Sub-assy 01278633 1
19 Right Side Plate Sub-assy 01308670 1
20 Hook 02112446 2
248
（3）GMV(L)-R56P/Na-K,GMV(L)-R63P/Na-K,GMV(L)-R71P/Na-K,GMV(L)-R80P/Na-K
249
GMV(L)-R56P/Na-K,GMV(L)-R63P/Na-K,GMV(L)-R71
No. Part Name P/Na-K,GMV(L)-R80P/Na-K
Code Qty.
2 Hook 02118504 2
3 Left Side Seal-hole Plate Sub-assy 01308680 1
4 Seal of Connection Pipe 01498610 1
12 Fan Motor (Left)SYP-200/190J-1 15018603 1
13 Return air inlet side-board Sub-assy 01499074 1
14 Motor FG150B 15018612 1
15 Fan motor (Right)SYP-200/190J-1 15018604 1
16 Bottom Cover 01258612 1
18 Water Tray Assy 01278612 1
20 Hook 02118504 2
250
（4）GMV(L)-R90P/Na-K,GMV(L)-R100P/Na-K,GMV(L)-R112P/Na-K,GMV(L)-R125P/Na-K,GMV(L)-R140P/Na-K
251
GMV(L)-R90P/Na-K,GMV(L)-R100P/Na-K,GMV(L)-R11
No. Part Name 2P/Na-K,GMV(L)-R125P/Na-K,GMV(L)-R140P/Na-K
Code Qty.
2 Hook 02118504 2
3 Left Side Seal-hole Plate Sub-assy 01308673 1
4 Seal of Connection Pipe 01498601 1
12 Motor FG75B 15018613
13 Fan Motor (Left)SYP-200/190J-1 15018603 2
14 Return air inlet side-board Sub-assy 01499066 1
15 Motor FG150B 15018612 1
16 Fan motor (Right)SYP-200/190J-1 15018604 1
17 Bottom Cover Assy 01258603 1
19 Water Tray Assy 01278603 1
21 Hook 02118504 2
252
GMV（L）-R22P/NaB-K, GMV（L）-R22PS/NaB-K, GMV（L）-R28P/NaB-K, GMV（L）-R28PS/NaB-K, GMV（L）

-R36P/NaB-K, GMV（L）-R36PS/NaB-K,☆GMV（L）-R45P/NaB-K, GMV（L）-R45PS/NaB-K, GMV（L）-R56P/NaB-K,
GMV（L）-R56PS/NaB-K, GMV（L）-R71P/NaB-K, GMV（L）-R71PS/NaB-K
List of components
Qty
No Name Material Code
GMVL-R22P/NaB-K GMVL-R28P/NaB-K GMVL-R36P/NaB-K
1 Side Plate of Air outlet 01494118 1 1 1
Left Support of
2 01094122 1 1 1
Evaporator
01024231 1
3 Evaporator Assy
01024232 1 1
Electric expand valve
4 43040001 1 1 1
fitting
Right Support of
5 01094121 1 1 1
Evaporator
Left Side Plate Sub
6 01314172 1 1 1
-assy
Seal of left side Plate
7 01494115 1 1 1
Sub-assy
Seal of Connection Pipe
8 01494132 1 1 1
Sub-assy
9 Hook 02112446 4 4 4
10 Electric Box Cover 01424319 1 1
11 Top Cover Board Assy 01264176 1 1 1
Right Side Plate Sub
12 01314175 1 1 1
-assy
13 Motor Support 0170905801 1 1 1
1570520103 1
14 Fan Motor
1570520201 1 1
15 Motor Sub-assy 150024011 1 1 1

Border Plate Assy of
16 02225234 1 1 1
Air Return End
17 Filter 11725202 1 1 1
18 Electric Box 01394991 1 1 1
Lower Cover Plate
19 01264178 1 1 1
Sub-assy
Fan motor mounting
20 01324341 1 1 1
Plate Sub-assy
21 Water Pump Assy 15404117 0 0 0
22 Terminal Border 42011106 1 1 1
23 Capacitor 33010027 1 1 1
24 Transformer 43110237 1 1 1
25 Main Bord 30226167 1 1 1
26 Connecting Wire 4001039509 1 1 1
27 Display Bord 30296013 1 1 1
28 Sensor sub-assy 39008026 1 1 1
254
Qty
GMVL-R22PS/NaB-K GMVL-R28PS/NaB-K GMVL-R36PS/NaB-K
Left Support of
2 01094122 1 1 1
Evaporator
01024231 1
01024232 1
4 43040001 1 1 1
fitting
Right Support of
5 01094121 1 1 1
Evaporator
Left Side Plate Sub
6 01314172 1 1 1
-assy
7 01494115 1 1 1
Sub-assy
8 01494116 1 1 1
Sub-assy
9 Hook 02112446 4 4 4
12 01314175 1 1 1
-assy
13 Motor Support 0170905801 1 1 1
1570520103 1
14 Fan Motor
1570520201 1 1
15 Motor Sub-assy 150024011 1 1 1

16 02225234 1 1 1
Air Return End
17 Filter 11725202 1 1 1
18 Electric Box 01394994 1 1 1
Lower Cover Plate
19 01264178 1 1 1
Sub-assy
Fan motor mounting
20 01324341 1 1 1
Plate Sub-assy
21 Water Pump Assy 15404117 1 1 1
23 Capacitor 33010027 1 1 1
24 Transformer 43110237 1 1 1
25 Main Bord 30226221 1 1 1
27 Display Bord 30296013 1 1 1
28 Sensor sub-assy 39008026 1 1 1
255
Qty
GMV-R22P/NaB-K GMV-R28P/NaB-K GMV-R36P/NaB-K
Left Support of
2 01094122 1 1 1
Evaporator
01024231 1
3 Evaporator Assy
01024232 1 1
4 43040001 1 1 1
fitting
Right Support of
5 01094121 1 1 1
Evaporator
Left Side Plate Sub
6 01314172 1 1 1
-assy
7 01494115 1 1 1
Sub-assy
8 01494132 1 1 1
Sub-assy
9 Hook 02112446 4 4 4
12 01314175 1 1 1
-assy
13 Motor Support 0170905801 1 1 1
1570520103 1
14 Fan Motor
1570520201 1 1
15 Motor Sub-assy 150024011 1 1 1

16 02225234 1 1 1
Air Return End
17 Filter 11725202 1 1 1
18 Electric Box 01394978 1 1 1
Lower Cover Plate
19 01264178 1 1 1
Sub-assy
Fan motor mounting
20 01324341 1 1 1
Plate Sub-assy
21 Water Pump Assy 15404117 0 0 0
23 Capacitor 33010027 1 1 1
24 Transformer 43110237 1 1 1
25 Main Bord 30226168 1 1 1
27 Display Bord 30296014 1 1 1
28 Sensor sub-assy 39008026 1 1 1
256
Qty
GMV-R22PS/NaB-K GMV-R28PS/NaB-K GMV-R36PS/NaB-K
01024231 1
01024232 1
4 Electric expand valve fitting 43040001 1 1 1
5 Right Support of Evaporator 01094121 1 1 1
6 Left Side Plate Sub-assy 01314172 1 1 1
7 Seal of left side Plate Sub-assy 01494115 1 1 1
Seal of left Connection Pipe
8 01494116 1 1 1
Sub-assy
9 Hook 02112446 4 4 4
12 01314175 1 1 1
-assy
13 Motor Support 0170905801 1 1 1
1570520103 1
14 Fan Motor
1570520201 1 1
15 Motor Sub-assy 150024011 1 1 1

Border Plate Assy of Air
16 02225234 1 1 1
Return End
17 Filter 11725202 1 1 1
18 Electric Box 01394977 1 1 1
19 Lower Cover Plate Sub-assy 01264178 1 1 1
Fan motor mounting Plate
20 01324341 1 1 1
Sub-assy
21 Water Pump Assy 15404117 1 1 1
23 Capacitor 33010027 1 1 1
24 Transformer 43110237 1 1 1
25 Main Bord 30226222 1 1 1
27 Display Bord 30296014 1 1 1
28 Sensor sub-assy 39008026 1 1 1
257
Qty
GMVL-R45PS/NaB-K GMVL-R45P/NaB-K
1 Side Plate of Air outlet 01498641 1 1
2 Left Support of Evaporator 01805280 1 1
3 Evaporator Sub-assy 01024211 1 1
4 Electric expand valve fitting 43040001 1 1
5 Right Support of Evaporator 01078625 1 1
6 Left Side Plate Sub-assy 01314230 1 1
7 Seal of left side Plate Sub-assy 01494128 1 1
8 Seal of Connection Pipe Sub-assy 01498640 1 1
9 Hook 02112466 4 4
11 Top Cover Board Assy 01259064 1 1
12 Right Side Plate Sub-assy 01308670 1 1
13 Motor Support 01709056 1 1
14 Fan Motor 1501832202 1 1
15 Motor Sub-assy 15002401 2 2
16 Border Plate Assy of Air Return End 02225234 1 1

17 Filter 11725202 1 1
18 Electric Box 01394739 1 1
19 Lower Cover Plate Sub-assy 01265296 1 1
20 Fan motor mounting Plate Sub-assy 01339058 1 1
21 Water Pump Assy 15404121 1 0
22 Terminal Border 42011106 1 1
23 Capacitor 33010010 1 1
24 Transformer 43110237 1 1
30226221 1
25 Main Bord
30226167 1
26 Connecting Wire 4001039509 1 1
27 Display Bord 30296013 1 1
28 Sensor sub-assy 39004167 1 1
258
Qty
GMV-R45PS/NaB-K GMV-R45P/NaB-K
3 Evaporator Assy 01024211 1 1
9 Hook 02112466 4 4
12 01308670 1 1
-assy
14 Fan Motor 1501832202 1 1
15 Motor Sub-assy 15002401 2 2

17 Filter 11725202 1 1
18 Electric Box 01394739 1 1
23 Capacitor 33010010 1 1
30226222 1
25 Main Bord
30226168 1
27 Display Bord 30296014 1 1
259
Qty
GMVL-R56P/NaB-K GMVL-R71P/NaB-K
8 01498610 1 1
Sub-assy
9 Hook 02112466 4 4
12 01308679 1 1
-assy
14 Fan Motor 1570521101 1 1
15018603 1 1
15 Motor Sub-assy
15018604 1 1
Border Plate Assy of Air Return
16 01499074 1 1
End
17 Filter 11129066 1 1
18 Electric Box 01394962 1 1
23 Capacitor 33010014 1 1
25 Main Bord 30226167 1 1
27 Display Bord 30296013 1 1
260
Qty
GMVL-R56PS/NaB-K GMVL-R71PS/NaB-K
8 01494129 1 1
Sub-assy
9 Hook 02112466 4 4
12 01308679 1 1
-assy
14 Fan Motor 1570521101 1 1
15018603 1 1
15 Motor Sub-assy
15018604 1 1
17 Filter 11129066 1 1
18 Electric Box 01394997 1 1
23 Capacitor 33010014 1 1
25 Main Bord 30226221 1 1
27 Display Bord 30296013 1 1
261
Qty
GMV-R56P/NaB-K GMV-R71P/NaB-K
8 Seal of left Connection Pipe Sub-assy 01494129 1 1
9 Hook 02112466 4 4
14 Fan Motor 1570521101 1 1
15018603 1 1
15 Motor Sub-assy
15018604 1 1
17 Filter 11129066 1 1
18 Electric Box 01394997 1 1
23 Capacitor 33010014 1 1
25 Main Bord 30226168 1 1
27 Display Bord 30296014 1 1
262
Qty
No Name Material Code GMVL-R56PS/NaB-K GMVL-R71PS/NaB-K
☆GMV-R56PS/NaB-K ☆GMV-R71PS/NaB-K
01078603
☆01805279
9 Hook 02112466 4 4
12 01308679 1 1
-assy
14 Fan Motor 1570521101 1 1
15018603 1 1
15 Motor Sub-assy
15018604 1 1
11129066/
17 Filter 1 1
☆11129067
01394997
18 Electric Box 1 1
☆01394739
23 Capacitor 33010014 1 1
30226221
25 Main Bord 1 1
☆30226222
4001039509
/☆40010232
30296013
27 Display Bord 1 1
☆30296014
☆29 ☆Remote Controller ☆305125063 ☆1 ☆1
263
☆GMV（L）-R90P/NaB-K, GMV（L）-R90PS/NaB-K, GMV（L）-R112P/NaB-K, GMV（L）-R112PS/NaB-K, GMV

（L）-R140P/NaB-K, GMV（L）-R140PS/NaB-K
264
Qty
GMVL-R90P/NaB-K GMVL-R112P/NaB-K GMVL-R140P/NaB-K
1 Air outlet side board assy 01498608 1 1 1
2 Water pump assy 15404119 0 0 0
3 Water level switch 45010201 0 0 0
01024222 1 1
5 Evaporator assy
01024218 1
01805279 1 1
6 Left support of evaporator
01804703 1
Fan motor mounting Plate 01324356 1 1
7
Sub-assy 01804703 1
01258607 1 1
8 Top Cover Board Assy
01264627 1
01078604 1 1
9 Right support of evaporator
01805221 1
11 Air intake side-board sub-assy 01375221 1 1 1
12 Filter Sub-assy 11725205 1 1 1
13 Fan Motor 15018603 2 2 2
14 Fan Motor 15018604 1 1 1
1570521101 1 1
15 Motor
1570520901 1
1570521201 1 1
16 Motor
1570521001 1
01258603 1 1
17 Bottom cover plate assy
0125860301 1
18 Cover of air-in 01258602 1 1 1
01278603 1 1
19 Water tray assy
01285229 1
01394963 1 1
20 Electric box assy
01394964 1
33010014 1 1
21 Capacitor
33010056 1
22 Capacitor 33010064 1 1 1
23 Terminal board 42011106 1 1 1
24 Transformer 43110239 1 1 1
25 Main board 30226167 1 1 1
26 Electric box cover 01425249 1 1 1
01308672 1 1
27 Seal of lefr side plate sub-assy
01495212 1
28 Left side plate assy 01315255 1 1 1
01498601 1 1
29 Seal of connection pipe
01495213 1
30 Hook 02118504 4 4 4
32 Display board 30296013 1 1 1
33 Sersor sub-assy 39004167 1 1 1
265
Qty
GMVL-R90PS/NaB-K GMVL-R112PS/NaB-K GMVL-R140PS/NaB-K
15404119 1 1
2 Water pump assy
15404118 1
45010201 1 1
3 Water level switch
450102012 1
01024233 1 1
5 Evaporator assy
01024218 1
01805279 1 1
01804703 1
7
Sub-assy 01325293 1
01258607 1 1
01264627 1
01078604 1 1
01805221 1
12 Filter Sub-assy 11725205 1 1 1
13 Fan Motor 15018603 2 2 2
14 Fan Motor 15018604 1 1 1
1570521101 1 1
15 Motor
1570520901 1
1570521201 1 1
16 Motor
1570521001 1
01258603 1 1
0125860301 1
18 Cover of air-in 01258602 1 1 1
01284160 1 1
19 Water tray assy
01284157 1
01394998 1 1
01394999 1
33010014 1 1
21 Capacitor
33010056 1
22 Capacitor 33010064 1 1 1
24 Transformer 43110239 1 1 1
25 Main board 30226221 1 1 1
01494125 1 1
01494121 1
01494124 1 1
28 Left side plate assy
01314222 1
01494123 1 1
01494120 1
30 Hook 02118504 4 4 4
32 Display board 30296013 1 1 1
33 Sersor sub-assy 39004167 1 1 1
Qty
GMV-R90P/NaB-K GMV-R112P/NaB-K GMV-R140P/NaB-K
2 Water pump assy 15404119 0 0 0
3 Water level switch 45010201 0 0 0
01024222 1 1
5 Evaporator assy
01024218 1
01805279 1 1
01804703 1
01324356 1 1
7 Fan motor mounting Plate Sub-assy
01325293 1
01258607 1 1
01264627 1
01078604 1 1
01805221 1
12 Filter Sub-assy 11725205 1 1 1
13 Fan Motor 15018603 2 2 2
14 Fan Motor 15018604 1 1 1
1570521101 1 1
15 Motor
1570520901 1
1570521201 1 1
16 Motor
1570521001 1
01258603 1 1
0125860301 1
18 Cover of air-in 01258602 1 1 1
01284160 1 1
19 Water tray assy
01285229 1
01394957 1 1
01394896 1
33010014 1 1
21 Capacitor
33010056 1
22 Capacitor 33010064 1 1 1
24 Transformer 43110239 1 1 1
25 Main board 30226168 1 1 1
01308672 1 1
01495212 1
28 Left side plate assy 01315255 1 1 1
01498601 1 1
01495213 1
30 Hook 02118504 4 4 4
32 Display board 30296014 1 1 1
33 Sersor sub-assy 39004167 1 1 1
267
Qty
GMV-R90PS/NaB-K GMV-R112PS/NaB-K GMV-R140PS/NaB-K
15404119 1 1
2 Water pump assy
15404118 1
45010201 1 1
3 Water level switch
450102012 1
01024233 1 1
5 Evaporator assy
01024218 1
01805279 1 1
01804703 1
7
Sub-assy 01325293 1
01258607 1 1
01264627 1
01078604 1 1
01805221 1
Air intake side-board
11 01375221 1 1 1
sub-assy
12 Filter Sub-assy 11725205 1 1 1
13 Fan Motor 15018603 2 2 2
14 Fan Motor 15018604 1 1 1
1570521101 1 1
15 Motor
1570520901 1
1570521201 1 1
16 Motor
1570521001 1
01258603 1 1
0125860301 1
18 Cover of air-in 01258602 1 1 1
01284160 1 1
19 Water tray assy
01284157 1
01394986 1 1
01024218 1
33010014 1 1
21 Capacitor
33010056 1
22 Capacitor 33010064 1 1 1
24 Transformer 43110239 1 1 1
25 Main board 30226222 1 1 1
Seal of lefr side plate 01494124 1 1
27
sub-assy 01494121 1
01314225 1 1
28 Left side plate assy
01314222 1
01494120 1 1
01494123 1
30 Hook 02118504 4 4 4
32 Display board 30296014 1 1 1
33 Sersor sub-assy 39004167 1 1 1
268
5.2 .3 Wall-Mounted Type Unit

（1）GMV(L)-R22G/NaB-K,GMV(L)-R28G/NaB-K
269
GMV(L)-R22G/NaB-K,GMV(L)-R28G/NaB-K
No. Part Name
Code Qty.
1 Wall-Mounting Frame 01252220 1
2 Rear Case 222020012 1
4 Cross Flow Fan 10352001 1
5 Ring of Bearing 76512203 1
6 Drainage hose 0523001401 1
7 Water Tray 20182027 1
8 Swing Louver 10512032 1
9 Swing Linkage 1 10582002 1
10 Swing Linkage 2 10582003 1
11 Front Case 20002215 1
12 Screw Cover 24252006 3
13 Filter 11122002 2
14 Remote Control Y612C 305125033 1
15 Decorate Piece 68012019 1
16 Receiver Board 30545702 1
17 Front Panel 20002209 1
18 Guide Louver 2 10512034 1
19 Guide Louver 1 10512033 1
20 Motor MP28VA 15212110 1
21 Motor Clamp A 26112017 1
22 Motor FN14A 150121081 1
24 Terminal Board T4B3A 42011233 1
25 Covering Plate 201220061 1
26 Electric Box 20102178 1
27 Main PCB Z6H15C 30226074 1
28 Transformer 48X26F 43110226 1
29 Wire Clamp 71010103 1
30 Rear Clamp 24242001 1
31 Signal Cable 400103953 1
270
（2）GMV(L)-R36G/NaB-K；GMV(L)-R45G/NaB-K
271
GMV(L)-R36G/NaB-K；GMV(L)-R45G/NaB-K
No. Part Name
Code Qty.
1 Wall-Mounting Frame 01252384 1
2 Rear Case 22202050 1
7 Water Tray 20182030 1
9 Swing Linkage 10582439 1
10 Front Case 200022955 1
11 Screw Cover 24252007 3
12 Filter 11122440 2
13 Remote Control Y612C 305160051 1
14 Decorate Piece 68012019 1
15 Receiver Board 30545552 1
17 Guide Louver 26112043 1
19 Motor MP28EA 15212105 1
20 Right Motor Clamp 26112429 1
21 Motor FN22A 15012062 1
23 Terminal Board T4B3A 42011233 1
26 Main PCB Z6J15C 30226072 1
27 Transformer 48X26F 43110226 1
28 Wire Clamp 71010103 1
29 Rear Clamp 26112430 1
272
（3）GMV(L)-R50G/NaB-K；GMV(L)-R56G/NaB-K
273
GMV(L)-R50G/NaB-K；GMV(L)-R56G/NaB-K
No. Part Name
Code Qty.
1 Wall-Mounting Frame `01252004 1
2 Rear Case `22202329 1
3 Fan Bearing `76512203 1
4 Screw Cover `24252015 3
5 Swing Louver `10512429 11
6 Swing Link 1 `10582057 1
7 Swing Link 2 `10582058 1
8 Water Tray `20182057 1
9 Guide Louver（up） `10512085 1
10 Guide Louver（down） `10512086 1
11 Cross Flow Fan `10352022 1
12 Evaporator Assy `01024147 1
13 Drainage hose `0523001403 1
14 Evaporator Support `24212067 1
15 Filter `11122048 2
16 Front Case `200026529 1
17 Front Panel `01544115 1
18 Remote Controller Y512 `305125063 1
19 Displaying Light Board `22432071 1
20 Electric Box Cover 1 `20112019 1
21 Wire Clamp `71010103 1
22 Terminal Board T4B3A `42011233 1
23 Electric Box Cover `20112020 1
24 Main PCB `30226116 1
25 Transformer 57X25C `43110237 1
26 Room Sensor 15k `3900019813 1
`3900019814 1
27 Tube Sensor 20k `3900019815 1
`3900019816 1
28 Sensor Insert `42020063 3
29 Electric Box `20112018 1
30 Lower Shield of Electric Box `01592037 1
31 Upper Shield of Electric Box `01592038 1
32 Stepping Motor MP35XY `15212117 1
33 Motor Clamp 26112095 1
34 Helicoid tongue `26252009
35 Motor FN20C-PG `150120671 1
36 Pipe Clamp `24242001 1
37 Signal Cable `400103953 1
38 Fix sub-assy `01324110P 1
39 EXV sub-assy `07334255 1
40 Connecting Wire `40010267 1
274
（4）GMV(L)-R71G/Na-K；GMV(L)-R80G/Na-K
275
GMV(L)-R71G/Na-K；GMV(L)-R80G/Na-K
No. Part Name
Code Qty.
1 Wall-Mounting Frame ` 01252398 1
2 Rear Case ` 22202091 1
3 Fan Bearing ` 76512203 1
4 Screw Cover ` 242520053 3
5 Swing Louver ` 10512110 15
6 Swing Link ` 10582040 3
7 Water Tray ` 20182043 1
8 Guide Louver（up） ` 10512062 1
9 Guide Louver（down） ` 10512063 1
10 Cross Flow Fan ` 10352420 1
11 Evaporator Assy ` 0102411202 1
12 Drainage hose ` 0523001404 1
13 Evaporator Support（left） ` 24212041 1
14 Filter ` 11122051 2
15 Front Case ` 26904107 1
16 Front Panel ` 20002698 1
17 Front Panel A ` 22432258 1
18 Remote Controller Y512 ` 305125063 1
19 Receiver Board JD ` 30046093 1
20 Electric Box Cover ` 20102252 1
21 Switch Lever ` 10582007 1
22 Wire Clamp ` 71010103 1
23 Terminal Board T4B3A ` 42011233 1
24 Electric Box Cover ` 201022513 1
25 Main PCB ` 30226420 1
26 Transformer 48X26G ` 43110233 1
27 Room Sensor `3900019813 1
`3900019814 1
28 Tube Sensor `3900019815 1
`3900019816 1
29 Sensor Insert ` 42020063 3
30 Electric Box ` 20102250 1
31 Lower Shield of Electric Box ` 01592034 1
32 Upper Shield of Electric Box ` 01592033 1
33 Stepping Motor MP24GA 15212102 1
34 Evaporator Support（rihgt） ` 24212042 1
35 Motor Clamp ` 26112069 1
36 Motor FN26D ` 150121053 1
37 Fixer(evaporator) ` 02112009 1
38 Pipe Clamp ` 26112071 1
39 Signal Cable `400103953 1
40 Fix sub-assy `01324110P 1
41 EXV sub-assy `07334255 1
42 Connecting Wire `40010267 1
276
（5）GMV(L)-R22G/NaC-K；GMV(L)-R28G/NaC-K
277
GMV(L)-R22G/NaC-K；GMV(L)-R28G/NaC-K
No. Part Name
Code Qty.
1 Wall Mounting Frame 01252220 1
2 Rear Case 222020012 1
5 O-Gasket of Cross Fan Bearing 76512203 1
6 Drain Pipe 0523001401 1
7 Water Tray 201820272 1
8 Air Louver 10512080 1
9 Swing Lever 10582002 1
11 Front Case 200024442 1
12 Screw Cap 24252006 3
13 Filter 11122002 2
14 Remote Control Y512 305125063 1
19 Stepping Motor 15212110 1
20 Motor Press Plate 26112014 1
21 Fan Motor 150121081 1
23 4-bit Terminal Board 42011233 1
26 Main PCB Z6H251B 30226077 1
28 Fixed Clamp 71010103 1
29 Pipe Clamp 24242001 1
30 Connecting Wire（communicate) 400103953 1
278
（6）GMV(L)-R36G/NaC-K；GMV(L)-R45G/NaC-K
279
GMV(L)-R36G/NaC-K；GMV(L)-R45G/NaC-K
No. Part Name
Code Qty.
1 Wall Mounting Frame 01252384 1
2 Rear Case Sub-Assy 22202051 1
6 Drain Pipe 0523001401 1
7 Water Tray 201820302 1
8 Air Louver 10512041 12
10 Front Case 200025253 1
11 Screw Cap 24252007 3
12 Filter 11122440 2
13 Remote Control Y512 305125063 1
16 Lower Guide Louver 26112043 1
17 Upper Guide Louver 26112042 1
18 Stepping Motor 15212105 1
19 Motor Right Clamp 26112429 1
20 Motor FN22G 150120623 1
22 4-bit Terminal Board 42011233 1
25 Main PCB Z6J251B 30226075 1
27 Fixed Clamp 71010103 1
28 Rear Clamp 26112430 1
29 Connecting Wire（communicate) 400103953 1
280
5.2 .4 Floor Ceiling Type Unit

（1）GMV(L)-R28Zd/Na-K,GMV(L)-R36Zd/Na-K,GMV(L)-R50Zd/Na-K
281
GMV(L)-R28Zd/Na-K,GMV(L)-R36Zd/Na-K,GMV(L)-R50Zd/Na-K
No. Part Name
Code Qty.
1 Rear Side Plate 01302013 1
2 Handle 26232001 4
3 Left Decoration Plate 261124152 1
4 Rear Side Plate of Air Outlet 0130201501 1
5 Louver 1051953202 1
6 Right Decoration Plate 261124162 1
7 Shaft of Louver II 10512026 2
8 Louver Support 24212019 2
9 Shaft of Louver I 10512025 1
10 Louver Fixer 24212018 1
12 Connecting Lever 10582009 1
14 Right Swing Motor Fixer 26152006 1
15 Right Fixing Plate of Evaporator 01072411 1
16 Right Side Foam sub-assy 12312404 1
17 Right Fixing Plate 01332404 1
18 Right Decoration Panel 26112027 1
19 Pipe Clamp Plate 0107243701 1
20 Capacitor 1uF/500V 33010089 1
21 Transformer 57X25C 43110237 1
23 Main PCB Z6935 30226903 1
24 Terminal Board RS9413G 42011159 1
25 Wire Base 24253001 1
Wire Clamp 24253002 1
26 Fuse 5A 250VAC 46010013 1
27 Cover of Electric Box 01412408 1
28 Pipe Clip 70812001 1
30 Display Board 5T52 30545654 1
32 Front Grill Clip 1 26252002 4
33 Filter 11122013 2
34 Front Grill 22412010 2
37 Front Panel 01532001P 1
38 Water Tray Panel 01272205P 1
40 Left Decoration Panel 26112028 1
41 Left Fixing Plate 01332405 1
282
GMV(L)-R28Zd/Na-K,GMV(L)-R36Zd/Na-K,GMV(L)-R50Zd/Na-K
No. Part Name
Code Qty.
43 Left Fixing Plate of Evaporator 01072410 1
45 Step Motor MP35CA 15212402 2
46 Left Swing Motor Fixer 26152005 1
01024134 ① 1
47 Evaporator Assy 01024135 ② 1
01024121 ③ 1
48 Water Lead Panel 01362001 1
49 Cover of Evaporator 01072409 1
50 Fixed Mount 01708763 1
51 Centrifugal Fan 10312401 2
52 Rear Snail Shell 22202032 2
53 Front Snail Shell 22202031 2
54 Bar Clasp 70819522 4
55 Hoop 70819521 1
15707302 ④ 1
Motor
56 157073024 ⑤ 1
57 Remote Controller 305125063 1
59 Fix sub-assy 01324110P 1
60 EXV sub-assy 07334258 1
61 EXV SPF-16D70 07334191 1
62 Magnet Coil for EXV DPF-AS001A 430001087 1
63 Display Board Z63351F 30296309 1
Note:
11. Evaporator Assy ① is only applicable to GMV(L)-R28Zd/Na-K
12. Evaporator Assy ② is only applicable to GMV(L)-R36Zd/Na-K
13. Evaporator Assy ③ is only applicable to GMV(L)-R50Zd/Na-K
14. Motor ④ is only applicable to GMV(L)-R28Zd/Na-K,GMV(L)-R36Zd/Na-KMotor
15. Motor⑤ is only applicable to GMV(L)-R50Zd/Na-K
283
（2）GMV(L)-R71Zd/Na-K
284
GMV(L)-R71Zd/Na-K
No. Part Name
Code Qty.
3 Swing Louver Fixer sub-assy 013324232 1
6 Louver 105124042 1
11 Display Box 20102138 1
17 Water Tray 01272412 1
18 Auxiliary Water Tray 01272413 1
19 Pipe Clip 70812001 1
21 Handle 26232001 4
23 Right Fixing Palte 01332404 1
24 Support of Motor Bearing 01792408 2
25 Fixer of Motor Support 01792409 1
27 Pipe Clamp 01072424 1
29 Wire Base 24253001 1
30 Wire Clamp 24253002 1
32 Fuse 5A 250VAC 46010013 1
33 Main PCB Z6935 30226903 1
35 Fan Bearing 76512210 2
36 Transformer 57X25C 43110237 1
39 Rotary Axis 73012401 2
40 Capacitor CBB61 3uF/450 33010027 1
41 Motor FN100A 15012406 1
42 Motor Fixer 01722409 1
44 Axes Connector 73012403 2
285
45 Motor Fixing Plate 01332426 1

50 Filter 11122012 2
51 Water Lead Plate 01362401 1
60 Left Side Foam sub-assy 12312406 1
61 Bearing Fixing Plate 01332407 1
67 EXV sub-assy 07334255 1
68 EXV SPF-18D88 07334193 1
69 Magnet Coil for EXV 430001087 1
70 Fix sub-assy 01324110P 1
286
（3）GMV(L)-R90Zd/Na-K,GMV(L)-R112Zd/Na-K,GMV(L)-R125Zd/Na-K
287
GMV(L)-R71Zd/Na-K
No. Part Name
Code Qty.
3 Swing Louver Fixer sub-assy 0133241802 1
7 Louver 105124082 1
11 Display Box 20102138 1
17 Water Tray 0127240802 1
18 Auxiliary Water Tray 01272409 1
19 Pipe Clip 70812001 1
21 Handle 26232001 4
23 Right Fixing Palte 01332404 1
24 Support of Motor Bearing 01792408 2
25 Fixer of Motor Support 01792407 1
27 Pipe Clamp 01072425 1
29 Wire Base 24253001 1
30 Wire Clamp 24253002 1
32 Fuse 5A 250VAC 46010013 1
33 Main PCB Z6935 30226903 1
35 Fan Bearing 76512210 1
36 Transformer 57×25C 43110237 1
39 Rotary Axis 73012402 2
33010064 ① 1
40 Capacitor
33010056 ② 1
15012405 ③ 1
41 Motor
15012404 ④ 1
42 Motor Fixer 01722410 1
288

44 Axes Connector 73012403 2
45 Motor Fixing Plate 01332425 1
50 Filter 11122013 1
51 Water Lead Plate 01362407 1
60 Left Side Foam sub-assy 12312403 1
61 Bearing Fixing Plate 01332406 1
68 EXV sub-assy 07334256 1
69 EXV VPF-25D*B3 07334195 1
70 Magnet Coil for EXV 43000110 1
71 Fix sub-assy 2 01324110P 1
Note:
16. Capacitor ① is only applicable to GMV(L)-R90Zd/Na-K
17. Capacitor ② is only applicable to GMV(L)-R112Zd/Na-K,GMV(L)-R125Zd/Na-K
18. Motor ③ is only applicable to GMV(L)-R90Zd/Na-K
19. Motor ④ is only applicable to GMV(L)-R112Zd/Na-K,GMV(L)-R125Zd/Na-K
289
5.2.5 1-way cassette Type Unit
（1）GMV(L)-R22Td/Na-K
Code
No. Part Name Qty.
GMV-R22Td/Na GMVL-R22Td/Na
1 Front Panel Assy（MT01） 1 TL1000120 TL1000120
2 Water Tray Assy 1 12412702 12412702
3 引水架 1 24212708 24212708
4 Evaporator Assy 1 01024103 01024103
5 Left Side Plate Assy 1 01302729 01302729
6 Cross Flow Fan 1 10352701 10352701
7 Base Plate Assy 1 01222714 01222714
8 Right Side Plate Assy 1 01302746 01302746
9 Rear Case assy 1 22202702 22202702
10 Fan Motor 1 1570410401 1570410401
11 Electric Box Assy 1 01404655 01404697
12 Main Board 1 30226034 30226033
13 Electric Box Cover Plate 1 01412725 01412725
14 Terminal Board Cover 1 222427221 222427221
15 Drainage Pump 1 43132701 43132701
16 Electronic Expansion Valve 1 07334129 07334129
17 Supporter 1 01792703 01792703
(2)GMV(L)-R28Td/Na-K、GMV(L)-R36Td/Na-K
Code
No. Part Name Qty. GMV-R28Td/H； GMVL-R28Td/H；
GMV-R36Td/H GMVL-R36Td/H
1 Front Panel Assy（MT01） 1 TL1000120 TL1000120
2 Water Tray Assy 1 12412702 12412702
3 Water Lead Panel 1 24212708 24212708
290
4 Evaporator Assy 1 01024104 01024104

5 Left Side Plate Assy 1 01302729 01302729
6 Cross Flow Fan 1 10352701 10352701
7 Base Plate Assy 1 01222714 01222714
8 Right Side Plate Assy 1 01302746 01302746
9 Rear Case assy 1 22202702 22202702
10 Fan Motor 1 1570410401 1570410401
11 Electric Box Assy 1 01404655 01404697
12 Main Board 1 30226034 30226033
13 Electric Box Cover Plate 1 01412725 01412725
14 Terminal Board Cover 1 222427221 222427221
15 Drainage Pump 1 43132701 43132701
16 Electronic Expansion Valve 1 07334129 07334129
17 Supporter 1 01792703 01792703
291

136 GMV-PD

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

136 GMV-PD

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

136 GMV-PD

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

DC INVERTER MULTI VRF

GREE ELECTRIC APPLIANCES INC. OF ZHUHAI

Note:1Ton =12000Btu/h = 3.517kW

Notes: a. Cooling only unit (GMVL type) has no items on heating;

1.2 Indoor Unit

Conversion Formula: Btu/h=kW×3412

1.2.2 Cassette type

GMV-R125T/Na-K 42650 46062

Conversion Formula: Btu/h=kW×3412

Conversion Formula: Btu/h=kW×3412

1.2.4Floor ceiling type

Notes: a. Cooling only unit (GMVL type) has no items on heating;

Indoor :27℃(80.6℉)/19℃(66.2℉) Indoor: 20℃(68℉)/-

NO. Description Options

2.2 Nomenclature of indoor unit

NO. Description Options

Model GMV(L)-Pd140W/NaB-K GMV(L)-Pd160W/NaB-K

4.2 Product data of indoor

Model GMV(L)-R32P/Na-K GMV(L)-R36P/Na-K GMV(L)-R40P/Na-K

Model GMV(L)-R45P/Na-K GMV(L)-R50P/Na-K GMV(L)-R56P/Na-K

Weight（Net/Gross） kg 36/39 36/39 55/59

Model GMV(L)-R63P/Na-K GMV(L)-R71P/Na-K GMV(L)-R80P/Na-K

Weight（Net/Gross） kg 55/59 55/59 55/59

Model GMV(L)-R90P/Na-K GMV(L)-R100P/Na-K GMV(L)-R112P/Na-K

Drain Pipes（External Dia. ×

Weight（Net/Gross） kg 75/79 75/79 75/79

Model GMV(L)-R125P/Na-K GMV(L)-R140P/Na-K

Weight（Net/Gross） kg 75/79 75/79

Model GMV(L)-R22P/NaB-K GMV(L)-R28P/NaB-K GMV(L)-R36P/NaB-K

Weight（Net/Gross） kg 27/31 28.5/33.5 28.5/33.5

Model GMV(L)-R45P/NaB-K GMV(L)-R56P/NaB-K GMV(L)-R71P/NaB-K

Weight（Net/Gross） kg 34/37 49/56 49/56

Model GMV(L)-R90P/NaB-K GMV(L)-R112P/NaB-K GMV(L)-R140P/NaB-K

Weight（Net/Gross） kg 62/71 62/71 63.5/73

GMV(L)-R22PS/NaB- GMV(L)-R28PS/Na GMV(L)-R36PS/Na

Weight（Net/Gross） kg 28.5/33.5 30.5/35.5 30.5/35.5

GMV(L)-R45PS/NaB- GMV(L)-R56PS/NaB- GMV(L)-R71PS/NaB-

Weight（Net/Gross） kg 36/39 51/58 51/58

GMV(L)-R90PS/NaB- GMV(L)-R112PS/NaB GMV(L)-R140PS/NaB

Weight（Net/Gross） kg 64/73 64/73 65.5/75

GMV (L)- GMV(L)- GMV(L)- GMV(L)-

kW 2.2 2.8 3.6 4.5

Connection Method Flare Connection Flare Connection

Model GMV(L)-R28T/Na-K GMV(L)-R36T/Na-K GMV(L)-R45T/Na-K

Model GMV(L)-R50T/Na-K GMV(L)-R56T/Na-K GMV(L)-R63T/Na-K

Model GMV(L)-R71T/Na-K GMV(L)-R80T/Na-K GMV(L)-R90T/Na-K

Model GMV(L)-R100T/Na-K GMV(L)-R112T/Na-K

Unit Dimensions Main body：840×840×320

Model GMV(L)-R125T/Na-K GMV(L)-R140T/Na-K

Unit Dimensions Main body：840×840×320

Package Dimensions Main body：960×960×394

Model GMV(L)-R22Td/Na-K GMV(L)-R28Td/Na-K GMV(L)-R36Td/Na-K

4.2.3 Wall mounted Type

Weight（Net/Gross） kg 8/14.3 8/14.3 11/15.8

Model GMV(L)-R45G/NaB-K GMV(L)-R50G/NaB-K GMV(L)-R56G/NaB-K

Weight（Net/Gross） kg 11/15.8 15.5/20.5 15.5/20.5

Model GMV(L)-R22G/NaC-K GMV(L)-R28G/NaC-K GMV(L)-R36G/NaC-K

Weight（Net/Gross） kg 8/14.3 8/14.3 11/15.8